1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
179 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
299 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
301 const char *dw_fde_end
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number
;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg
;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
315 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
428 unsigned int refcount
;
429 enum dwarf_form form
;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s
)
556 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
561 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
585 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
604 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
605 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
606 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
607 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
609 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
611 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
613 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
620 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
623 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
625 wrote_return_column
= true;
627 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
632 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
636 if (!wrote_return_column
)
637 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
643 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register
:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression
:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
728 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
739 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
747 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
773 static char label
[20];
775 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
800 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
808 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
810 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
813 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version
== 2
830 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
834 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
843 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
847 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
851 label
= xstrdup (label
);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
860 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
861 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
862 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
872 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
887 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
890 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
894 label
= xstrdup (label
);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
904 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
906 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
909 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
912 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
920 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
924 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
927 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
931 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
932 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
939 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
941 remember
->in_use
= 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
944 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
946 remember
->in_use
= 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
961 dw_cfa_location remember
;
963 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
964 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
967 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
970 fde
= current_fde ();
972 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1001 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1003 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1012 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1013 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1014 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1015 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1016 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1031 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1032 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1034 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1043 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1053 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1058 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1069 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1091 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde
->stack_realign
1115 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1119 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1122 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1125 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1126 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1127 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1132 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1133 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1165 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1174 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1183 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1193 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1220 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1241 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1242 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1253 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1254 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1258 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1260 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1266 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1273 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1274 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1291 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1297 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1299 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1303 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1310 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1319 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1321 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1345 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1363 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1364 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1369 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1373 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1376 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1378 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1381 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1391 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1396 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1400 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1408 return cur_args_size
;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1418 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1420 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1421 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1422 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1424 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1426 insn
= get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1433 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1436 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1437 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1438 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1439 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1440 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1442 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1451 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1470 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1506 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1517 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1520 old_args_size
= size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1524 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1533 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1534 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size
+= offset
;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1590 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1592 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1615 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1620 offset
-= args_size
;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1626 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1634 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1654 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1684 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1690 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1695 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1696 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1697 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1701 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1702 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1704 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1714 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1717 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1719 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1722 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1724 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1727 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1733 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1735 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1737 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1741 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1742 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1753 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1755 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1760 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1761 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1775 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1780 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1782 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1788 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1789 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1790 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1798 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1800 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1802 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1825 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1830 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1831 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1835 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1854 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1855 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1861 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1871 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1883 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1885 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1886 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1888 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1895 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1899 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1905 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1921 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1922 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1924 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1928 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1939 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1941 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1942 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1945 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1947 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1949 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1965 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2168 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2180 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2189 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2191 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2198 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2200 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2222 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2223 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2227 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2232 fde
= current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2252 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2253 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde
->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2274 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2281 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2288 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2293 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2299 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2303 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2313 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2314 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2315 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2316 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2318 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2328 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2331 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2332 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2346 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2347 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2350 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2356 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2361 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2362 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2370 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2379 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2380 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2390 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2391 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2404 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2415 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2416 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2417 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2419 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2421 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2449 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2451 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2453 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2459 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2465 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2467 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde
->stack_realign
2474 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2477 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2480 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2481 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2483 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2496 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2500 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2503 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2507 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2519 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2523 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2532 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2533 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde
->stack_realign
2563 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2564 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2568 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2570 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2571 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2572 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2575 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2585 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2598 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2599 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2608 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2611 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2623 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2624 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2626 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2628 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2629 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2652 bool handled_one
= false;
2654 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2666 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2669 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2671 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size
)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2681 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2705 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2719 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2728 n
= single_set (insn
);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2739 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2751 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2767 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2779 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2792 bool saw_frp
= false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2805 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2811 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2836 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2855 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2860 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2876 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2913 case DW_CFA_register
:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2946 case DW_CFA_register
:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2979 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2995 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2996 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3000 if (eh_frame_section
)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3010 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3012 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3030 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3044 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3049 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3050 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3052 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3055 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3058 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3060 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3069 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3080 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3085 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3086 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3091 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3092 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3097 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3098 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3103 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3108 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3110 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3115 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3121 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3123 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3128 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3130 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3138 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3142 case DW_CFA_register
:
3143 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3145 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3155 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3182 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3184 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3200 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3202 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3207 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3212 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3217 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3223 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3225 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3229 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3233 case DW_CFA_register
:
3234 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3235 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3243 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3293 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3295 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3296 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3313 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3315 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3325 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3330 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3341 case DW_CFA_register
:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3349 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3368 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3369 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3371 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3373 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3382 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3389 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3390 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3393 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3394 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3398 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3399 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3407 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3418 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3425 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3434 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3445 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3448 const char *begin
, *end
;
3449 static unsigned int j
;
3450 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3453 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3455 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3470 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3474 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3475 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3485 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3486 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3488 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3489 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3490 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3492 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3497 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3502 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation
[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3514 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3516 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3518 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3554 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3555 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3556 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3559 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3560 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3562 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3563 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3571 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3573 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3574 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3575 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3576 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3578 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3579 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3614 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3616 char augmentation
[6];
3617 int augmentation_size
;
3618 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3619 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3620 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3622 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3644 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3645 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3647 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3648 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3658 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3659 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3660 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3662 any_eh_needed
= true;
3663 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3665 any_eh_needed
= true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3694 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3702 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size
= 0;
3709 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3732 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3738 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3743 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3745 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3747 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3754 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3765 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3779 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3781 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3783 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3788 if (augmentation
[0])
3790 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3794 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3795 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3800 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3802 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3804 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3806 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3809 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3810 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3812 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3813 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3814 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3817 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3818 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3821 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3823 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3824 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3825 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3826 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3827 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3830 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3831 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3832 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3835 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3836 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3837 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3838 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3839 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3840 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3843 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3848 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3851 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3855 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3857 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3861 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3864 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3865 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3866 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3867 of the weirder relocation types. */
3868 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3869 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3871 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
3872 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3873 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3876 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3880 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3882 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3883 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3884 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3886 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3887 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3889 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
3890 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3891 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3895 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3899 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3900 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3902 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3907 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3909 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3910 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3911 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3913 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3914 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3917 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3921 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3922 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3924 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3925 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3926 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3927 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3928 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3930 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3931 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3932 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3936 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3937 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3939 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3940 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3941 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3942 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3945 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3946 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3948 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3949 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3950 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3951 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3952 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3953 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3954 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3955 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3956 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3957 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3958 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3959 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3960 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3961 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3962 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3963 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3964 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3965 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3966 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3967 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3968 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3970 section
*unlikelysec
;
3971 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3972 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3975 = (fnsec
== text_section
3976 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3977 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3978 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3979 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3980 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3985 = (fnsec
== text_section
3986 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3987 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3990 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3992 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3993 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3994 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3996 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
3999 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4000 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4003 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4004 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4005 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4007 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4008 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4009 function anymore. */
4011 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4012 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4013 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4017 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4018 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4022 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4023 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4026 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4029 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4032 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4033 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4035 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4038 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4040 fde
= current_fde ();
4041 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4042 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4046 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4048 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4049 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4050 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4051 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4053 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4054 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4056 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4057 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4059 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4060 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4061 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4066 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4068 /* Output call frame information. */
4069 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4070 output_call_frame_info (0);
4072 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4073 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4074 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4075 output_call_frame_info (1);
4079 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4082 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4084 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4085 if (sec
== text_section
)
4086 text_section_used
= true;
4087 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4088 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4092 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4094 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4096 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4098 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4099 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4101 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4102 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4103 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4104 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4105 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4107 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4108 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4109 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4111 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4112 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4113 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4115 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4116 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4118 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4119 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4121 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4123 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4124 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4126 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4130 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4132 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4134 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4135 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4136 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4141 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4142 for emitting location expressions. */
4144 /* Data about a single source file. */
4145 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4146 const char * filename
;
4150 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4151 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4152 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4153 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4156 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4160 } deferred_locations
;
4162 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4165 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4167 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4168 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4170 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4171 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4172 implementation are listed below. */
4177 dw_val_class_offset
,
4179 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4180 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4182 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4183 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4186 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4187 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4188 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4189 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4191 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4196 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4198 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4199 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4205 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4206 represented internally. */
4208 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4209 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4210 union dw_val_struct_union
4212 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4213 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4214 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4215 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4216 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4217 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4218 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4219 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4220 struct dw_val_die_union
4224 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4225 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4226 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4227 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4228 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4229 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4230 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4232 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4236 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4239 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4240 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4241 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4242 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4243 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4244 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4246 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4251 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4252 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4253 their entire life. */
4254 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4255 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4256 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4257 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4258 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4259 Only on head of list */
4260 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4261 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4264 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4266 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4268 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4271 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4276 return "DW_OP_addr";
4278 return "DW_OP_deref";
4280 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4282 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4284 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4286 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4288 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4290 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4292 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4294 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4296 return "DW_OP_constu";
4298 return "DW_OP_consts";
4302 return "DW_OP_drop";
4304 return "DW_OP_over";
4306 return "DW_OP_pick";
4308 return "DW_OP_swap";
4312 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4320 return "DW_OP_minus";
4332 return "DW_OP_plus";
4333 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4334 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4340 return "DW_OP_shra";
4358 return "DW_OP_skip";
4360 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4416 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4418 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4420 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4422 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4424 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4480 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4482 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4484 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4486 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4488 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4544 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4546 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4548 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4550 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4552 return "DW_OP_regx";
4554 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4556 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4558 return "DW_OP_piece";
4559 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4560 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4561 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4562 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4566 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4567 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4569 return "DW_OP_call2";
4571 return "DW_OP_call4";
4572 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4573 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4574 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4575 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4576 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4577 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4578 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4579 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4580 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4581 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4582 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4583 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4585 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4586 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4587 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4588 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4589 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4590 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4593 return "OP_<unknown>";
4597 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4598 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4599 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4601 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4602 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4605 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4607 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4608 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4609 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4610 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4611 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4616 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4619 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4620 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4623 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4626 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4629 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4632 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4634 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4636 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4637 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4643 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4646 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4651 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4656 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4657 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4661 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4662 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4663 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4664 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4665 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4667 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4668 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4670 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4671 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4674 else if (offset
> 0)
4675 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4679 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4680 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4684 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4685 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4688 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4691 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4692 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4696 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4698 static unsigned long
4699 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4701 unsigned long size
= 1;
4703 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4706 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4725 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4728 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4733 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4734 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4772 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4775 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4778 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4781 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4782 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4785 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4787 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4788 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4797 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4798 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4800 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4801 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4802 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4811 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4813 static unsigned long
4814 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4819 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4820 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4821 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4823 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4825 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4830 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4832 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4833 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4839 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4840 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4843 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4846 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4848 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4849 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4851 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4853 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4856 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4864 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4865 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4872 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4873 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4875 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4878 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4879 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4880 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4882 case dw_val_class_const
:
4883 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4885 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4887 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4888 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4892 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4897 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4900 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4901 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4904 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4906 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4908 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4910 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4911 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4915 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4916 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4918 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4920 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4924 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4925 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4926 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4941 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4942 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4943 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4944 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4945 only doing unwinding. */
4950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4961 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4996 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5011 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5012 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5019 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5021 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5024 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5032 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5048 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5050 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5052 /* Output the opcode. */
5053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5054 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5056 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5057 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5061 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5062 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5065 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5067 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5068 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5070 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5073 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5074 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5080 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5081 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5082 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5083 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5088 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5089 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5094 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5095 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5100 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5101 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5110 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5111 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5113 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5114 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5119 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5122 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5165 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5167 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5172 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5178 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5182 /* Output the opcode. */
5183 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5184 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5186 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5188 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5190 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5194 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5195 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5198 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5200 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5203 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5205 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5206 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5209 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5211 /* Output the size of the block. */
5212 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5215 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5216 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5219 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5222 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5224 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5227 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5229 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5230 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5233 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5235 /* Output the size of the block. */
5236 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5237 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5238 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5240 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5241 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5244 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5245 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5248 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5249 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5251 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5253 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5257 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5258 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5259 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5260 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5263 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5264 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5268 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5273 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5274 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5277 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5278 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5280 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5281 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5282 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5284 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5285 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5287 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5288 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5289 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5290 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5293 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5297 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5298 descriptor sequence. */
5301 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5303 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5305 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5309 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5311 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5347 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5350 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5384 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5385 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5388 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5389 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5394 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5395 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5398 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5399 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5403 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5405 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5406 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5408 /* .debug_str support. */
5409 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5413 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5414 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5415 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5416 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5417 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5418 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5419 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5420 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5421 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5422 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5423 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5424 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5425 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5427 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5428 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5429 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5430 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5431 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5432 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5433 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5434 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5436 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5438 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5442 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5445 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5446 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5447 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5448 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5449 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5450 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5451 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5452 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5453 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5454 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5455 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5456 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5457 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5458 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5459 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5460 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5461 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5462 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5463 something tries to reference them. */
5464 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5465 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5466 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5467 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5468 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5469 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5470 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5471 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5472 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5474 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5478 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5479 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5480 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5482 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5483 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5484 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5485 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5487 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5488 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5490 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5492 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5494 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5495 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5496 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5497 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5498 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5499 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5500 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5502 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5503 line number associated with the label generated for that
5504 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5505 the line number entry. */
5507 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5508 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5509 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5513 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5515 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5516 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5517 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5518 unsigned long function
;
5520 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5522 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5523 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5524 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5526 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5527 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5528 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5532 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5533 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5535 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5536 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5537 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5539 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5540 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5541 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5543 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5544 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5546 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5547 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5548 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5549 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5551 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5552 dw_offset die_offset
;
5553 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5555 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5556 int die_perennial_p
;
5557 unsigned int decl_id
;
5561 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5562 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5563 c = die->die_child; \
5567 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5570 /* The pubname structure */
5572 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5578 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5579 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5582 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5583 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5587 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5592 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5593 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5595 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5596 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5597 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5598 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5602 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5603 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5606 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5610 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5614 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5616 skeleton_chain_node
;
5618 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5619 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5620 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5623 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5624 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5626 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5627 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5628 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5629 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5630 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5631 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5633 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5634 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5635 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5636 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5637 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5638 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5639 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5640 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5641 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5642 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5644 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5645 language, and compiler version. */
5647 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5648 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5649 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5652 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5653 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5654 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5656 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5657 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5659 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5660 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5661 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5662 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5663 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5665 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5666 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5667 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5668 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5669 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5670 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5672 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5673 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5674 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5675 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5677 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5681 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5682 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5685 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5686 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5688 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5691 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5692 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5693 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5694 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5695 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5697 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5698 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5699 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5702 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5703 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5704 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5705 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5708 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5709 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5711 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5712 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5714 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5715 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5717 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5718 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5719 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5721 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5722 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5724 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5725 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5726 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5728 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5729 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5730 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5732 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5737 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5738 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5740 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5741 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5742 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5743 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5744 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5747 /* Variable location list. */
5748 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5749 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5751 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5752 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5753 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5754 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5755 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5756 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5757 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5759 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5760 unsigned int decl_id
;
5762 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5765 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5766 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5768 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5769 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5770 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5771 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5772 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5774 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5775 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5777 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5778 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5780 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5781 abbrev_die_table. */
5782 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5784 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5785 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5786 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5787 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5789 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5790 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5792 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5793 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5795 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5796 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5797 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5798 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5800 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5801 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5803 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5804 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5806 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5808 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5810 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5811 accessible names. */
5812 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5814 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5815 accessible types. */
5816 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5819 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5824 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5827 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5829 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5831 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5832 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5834 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5837 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5838 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5840 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5841 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5842 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5844 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5847 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5850 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5852 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5854 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5855 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5857 /* Unique label counter. */
5858 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5860 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5861 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5863 /* The direct call table structure. */
5865 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5866 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5868 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5872 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5873 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5875 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5877 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5878 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5879 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5883 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5884 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5886 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5887 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5888 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5890 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5892 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5894 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5897 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5899 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5900 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5901 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5903 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5904 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5907 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5908 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5910 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5911 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5913 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5914 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5916 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5918 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5920 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5921 within the current function. */
5922 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5924 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5926 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5927 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5928 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5929 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5930 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5931 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5932 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5933 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5934 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5935 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5936 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5937 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5938 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5939 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5940 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5941 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5942 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5943 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5944 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5945 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5946 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5947 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5948 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5949 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5950 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5951 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5952 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5953 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5954 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5955 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5956 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5957 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5958 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5959 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5960 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5962 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5963 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5964 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5965 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5966 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5967 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5968 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5969 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5970 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5972 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5973 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5974 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5975 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5976 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5977 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5978 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5979 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5980 static bool is_cxx (void);
5981 static bool is_fortran (void);
5982 static bool is_ada (void);
5983 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5984 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5985 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5986 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5987 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5988 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5989 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5990 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5991 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5992 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5993 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5994 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5995 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5996 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5997 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5998 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
5999 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6000 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6001 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6002 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6003 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6004 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6005 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6006 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6007 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6008 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6009 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6010 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6011 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6012 struct checksum_attributes
;
6013 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6014 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6015 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6016 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6017 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6018 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6019 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6020 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6021 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6022 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6023 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6024 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6025 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6026 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6027 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6028 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6029 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6030 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6031 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6032 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6033 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6034 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6035 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6036 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6037 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6039 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6040 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6041 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6042 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6044 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6045 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6046 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6047 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6048 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6049 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6050 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6051 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6052 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6053 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6054 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6055 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6056 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6057 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6058 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6059 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6060 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6061 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6062 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6063 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6064 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6065 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6066 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6067 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6068 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6069 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6070 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6071 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6072 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6073 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6074 static void output_aranges (void);
6075 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6076 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6077 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6079 static void output_ranges (void);
6080 static void output_line_info (void);
6081 static void output_file_names (void);
6082 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6083 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6084 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6085 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6086 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6087 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6088 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6089 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6090 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6093 enum var_init_status
);
6094 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6095 enum var_init_status
);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6097 enum var_init_status
);
6098 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6099 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6100 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6101 enum var_init_status
);
6102 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6103 enum var_init_status
);
6104 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6105 enum var_init_status
);
6106 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6108 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6109 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6110 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6111 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6112 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6113 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6114 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6116 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6117 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6118 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6119 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6120 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6121 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6122 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6123 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6124 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6125 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6126 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6127 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6128 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6129 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6130 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6131 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6132 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6133 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6134 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6135 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6136 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6137 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6138 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6139 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6140 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6141 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6142 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6143 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6144 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6145 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6146 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6148 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6150 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6151 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6153 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6155 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6156 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6157 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6158 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6159 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6160 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6161 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6164 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6165 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6166 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6167 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6168 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6169 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6170 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6171 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6172 enum debug_info_usage
);
6173 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6174 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6175 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6176 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6177 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6178 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6179 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6180 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6181 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6182 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6183 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6184 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6185 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6186 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6187 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6188 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6189 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6190 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6191 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6192 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6193 const char *, const char *);
6194 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6195 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6197 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6198 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6199 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6200 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6201 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6202 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6203 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6204 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6205 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6207 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6229 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6230 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6232 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6233 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6235 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6236 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6238 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6239 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6241 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6242 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6245 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6246 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6247 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6250 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6251 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6252 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6253 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6256 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6257 the section names themselves. */
6259 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6262 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6268 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6269 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6271 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6272 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6274 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6275 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6277 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6278 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6280 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6281 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6284 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6285 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6286 #define AT_linkage_name \
6287 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6290 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6291 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6292 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6293 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6294 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6296 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6297 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6298 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6299 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6300 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6301 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6302 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6303 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6304 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6305 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6307 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6308 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6310 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6311 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6313 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6314 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6316 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6317 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6319 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6320 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6322 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6323 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6327 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6328 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6330 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6333 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6335 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6338 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6341 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6343 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6344 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6345 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6348 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6352 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6354 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6356 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6357 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6358 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6359 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6361 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6362 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6363 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6368 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6371 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6373 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6375 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6376 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6379 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6382 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6386 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6387 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6388 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6389 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6390 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6391 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6392 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6393 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6394 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6395 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6396 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6397 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6398 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6399 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6401 return "DW_TAG_label";
6402 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6403 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6405 return "DW_TAG_member";
6406 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6407 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6408 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6409 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6410 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6411 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6412 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6413 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6414 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6415 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6416 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6417 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6418 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6419 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6420 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6421 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6422 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6423 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6424 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6425 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6426 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6427 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6428 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6429 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6430 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6431 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6432 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6433 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6435 return "DW_TAG_module";
6436 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6437 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6438 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6439 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6440 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6441 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6442 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6443 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6444 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6445 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6446 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6447 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6448 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6449 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6450 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6451 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6452 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6453 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6454 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6455 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6456 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6457 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6459 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6460 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6461 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6462 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6463 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6464 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6465 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6466 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6467 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6468 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6469 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6470 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6471 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6472 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6473 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6474 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6475 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6476 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6477 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6478 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6479 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6480 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6481 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6482 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6483 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6484 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6485 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6486 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6487 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6488 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6489 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6490 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6491 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6492 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6493 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6494 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6495 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6496 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6497 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6498 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6499 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6500 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6501 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6502 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6503 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6504 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6505 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6506 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6507 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6508 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6509 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6510 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6511 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6512 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6513 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6514 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6515 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6516 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6517 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6518 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6519 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6520 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6521 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6522 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6523 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6524 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6525 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6527 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6531 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6534 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6539 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6540 case DW_AT_location
:
6541 return "DW_AT_location";
6543 return "DW_AT_name";
6544 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6545 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6546 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6547 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6548 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6549 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6550 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6551 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6552 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6553 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6554 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6555 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6556 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6557 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6559 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6561 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6562 case DW_AT_language
:
6563 return "DW_AT_language";
6565 return "DW_AT_member";
6567 return "DW_AT_discr";
6568 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6569 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6570 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6571 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6573 return "DW_AT_import";
6574 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6575 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6576 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6577 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6578 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6579 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6580 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6581 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6582 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6583 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6584 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6585 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6587 return "DW_AT_inline";
6588 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6589 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6590 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6591 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6592 case DW_AT_producer
:
6593 return "DW_AT_producer";
6594 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6595 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6596 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6597 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6598 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6599 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6600 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6601 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6602 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6603 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6604 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6605 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6606 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6607 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6608 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6609 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6610 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6611 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6612 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6613 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6614 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6615 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6617 return "DW_AT_count";
6618 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6619 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6620 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6621 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6622 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6623 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6624 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6625 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6626 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6627 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6628 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6629 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6630 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6631 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6632 case DW_AT_external
:
6633 return "DW_AT_external";
6634 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6635 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6636 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6637 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6639 return "DW_AT_friend";
6640 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6641 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6642 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6643 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6644 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6645 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6646 case DW_AT_priority
:
6647 return "DW_AT_priority";
6649 return "DW_AT_segment";
6650 case DW_AT_specification
:
6651 return "DW_AT_specification";
6652 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6653 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6655 return "DW_AT_type";
6656 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6657 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6658 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6659 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6660 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6661 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6662 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6663 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6665 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6666 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6667 case DW_AT_associated
:
6668 return "DW_AT_associated";
6669 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6670 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6671 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6672 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6673 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6674 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6675 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6676 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6677 case DW_AT_extension
:
6678 return "DW_AT_extension";
6680 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6681 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6682 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6683 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6684 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6685 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6686 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6687 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6688 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6690 case DW_AT_signature
:
6691 return "DW_AT_signature";
6692 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6693 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6694 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6695 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6696 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6697 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6698 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6699 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6700 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6701 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6707 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6709 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6711 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6712 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6713 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6714 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6715 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6716 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6717 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6718 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6719 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6720 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6721 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6722 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6723 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6724 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6726 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6727 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6728 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6729 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6730 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6731 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6732 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6733 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6734 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6735 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6736 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6737 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6740 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6741 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6742 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6743 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6744 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6745 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6746 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6747 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6748 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6749 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6750 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6751 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6752 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6753 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6754 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6755 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6756 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6757 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6759 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6760 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6763 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6767 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6770 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6775 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6776 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6777 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6778 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6779 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6781 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6783 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6785 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6786 case DW_FORM_string
:
6787 return "DW_FORM_string";
6789 return "DW_FORM_block";
6790 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6791 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6793 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6795 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6797 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6799 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6801 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6802 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6803 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6805 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6807 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6809 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6811 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6812 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6813 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6814 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6815 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6816 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6817 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6818 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6819 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6820 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6821 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6822 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6823 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6825 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6829 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6830 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6831 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6832 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6836 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6838 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6841 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6842 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6843 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6844 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6847 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6848 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6849 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6851 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6854 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6855 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6859 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6861 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6863 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6864 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6866 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6867 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6869 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6870 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6875 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6878 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6880 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6884 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6885 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6886 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6889 static inline enum dw_val_class
6890 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6892 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6895 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6898 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6902 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6903 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6904 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6905 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6908 static inline unsigned
6909 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6911 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6912 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6915 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6918 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6922 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6923 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6924 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6925 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6928 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6929 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6931 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6932 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6935 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6938 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6939 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6943 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6944 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6945 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6946 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6949 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6950 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6952 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6953 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6956 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6959 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6960 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6964 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6965 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6966 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6968 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6971 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6974 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6975 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6979 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6980 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6981 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6982 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6983 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6984 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6987 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6990 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6991 unsigned char data8
[8])
6995 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6996 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6997 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6998 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7001 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7004 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7006 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7010 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7012 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7013 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7016 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7018 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7019 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7021 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7024 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7025 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7026 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7028 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7029 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7032 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7033 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7034 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7038 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7044 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7047 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7050 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7052 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7054 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7055 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7056 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7057 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7060 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7061 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7064 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7072 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7073 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7076 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7077 debug string STR. */
7080 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7082 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7084 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7086 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7088 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7091 static inline const char *
7092 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7094 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7095 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7098 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7099 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7101 static enum dwarf_form
7102 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7104 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7107 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7109 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7113 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7115 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7116 always better to put it inline. */
7117 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7118 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7120 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7121 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7123 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7124 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7125 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7126 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7128 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7130 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7133 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7136 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7140 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7141 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7142 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7143 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7144 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7147 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7148 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7151 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7153 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7154 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7155 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7158 static inline dw_die_ref
7159 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7161 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7162 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7166 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7168 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7169 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7175 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7177 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7178 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7181 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7184 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7188 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7190 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7191 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7194 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7197 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7201 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7202 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7204 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7207 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7208 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7210 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7211 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7215 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7219 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7220 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7221 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7222 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7223 have_location_lists
= true;
7226 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7227 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7229 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7230 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7233 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7234 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7236 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7237 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7240 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7243 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7247 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7248 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7249 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7250 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7253 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7256 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7258 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7259 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7262 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7265 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7266 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7270 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7271 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7272 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7273 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7276 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7278 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7279 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7281 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7282 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7285 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7288 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7292 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7293 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7294 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7295 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7298 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7299 debug_line section. */
7302 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7307 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7308 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7309 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7310 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7313 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7314 debug_macinfo section. */
7317 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7322 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7323 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7324 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7328 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7331 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7332 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7336 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7337 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7338 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7339 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7342 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7345 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7346 long unsigned int offset
)
7350 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7351 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7352 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7353 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7356 static inline const char *
7357 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7359 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7360 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7361 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7362 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7365 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7368 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7372 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7377 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7378 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7380 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7381 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7385 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7390 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7391 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7392 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7394 static inline const char *
7395 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7397 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7399 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7402 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7403 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7404 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7406 static inline const char *
7407 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7409 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7411 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7414 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7415 NULL if it is not present. */
7417 static inline const char *
7418 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7420 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7422 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7425 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7426 if it is not present. */
7429 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7431 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7433 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7436 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7437 if it is not present. */
7439 static inline unsigned
7440 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7442 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7444 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7447 static inline dw_die_ref
7448 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7450 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7452 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7455 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7456 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7458 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7460 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7463 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7468 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7470 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7473 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7478 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7480 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7481 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7482 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7485 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7490 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7492 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7495 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7498 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7506 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7507 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7509 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7510 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7511 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7513 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7515 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7520 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7521 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7524 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7526 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7527 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7530 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7534 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7535 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7536 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7539 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7540 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7543 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7545 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7547 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7548 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7550 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7551 if (prev
== old_child
)
7553 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7554 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7558 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7559 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7561 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7562 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7565 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7568 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7571 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7572 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7573 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7576 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7580 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7586 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7588 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7590 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7591 /* Might have removed every child. */
7592 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7596 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7599 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7602 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7604 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7605 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7607 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7609 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7612 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7613 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7616 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7617 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7620 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7621 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7622 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7625 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7629 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7630 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7631 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7633 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7639 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7640 || (child
->die_parent
7641 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7643 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7644 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7646 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7650 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7653 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7655 static inline dw_die_ref
7656 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7658 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7660 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7662 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7663 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7666 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7668 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7669 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7670 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7671 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7672 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7678 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7680 static inline dw_die_ref
7681 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7683 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7686 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7689 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7691 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7694 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7697 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7699 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7702 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7705 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7707 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7710 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7712 static inline dw_die_ref
7713 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7715 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7718 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7721 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7723 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7726 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7730 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7732 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7735 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7737 static inline var_loc_list
*
7738 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7740 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7742 return (var_loc_list
*)
7743 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7746 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7749 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7751 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7754 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7756 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7759 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7761 static struct var_loc_node
*
7762 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
7764 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7767 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
7769 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7772 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7773 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7777 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7781 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
7785 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
7787 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7788 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7790 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
7791 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
7793 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
7795 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
7798 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
7802 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
7803 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
7807 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7808 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7809 we have nothing to do. */
7810 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last
->var_loc_note
),
7811 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
7812 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last
->var_loc_note
)
7813 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
7814 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last
->var_loc_note
)
7815 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7816 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
7817 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7819 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
7820 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
7821 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
7825 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
7828 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7830 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
7831 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
7832 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
7840 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7847 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7848 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7849 the DIE internal representation. */
7850 static int print_indent
;
7852 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7855 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7857 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7860 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7863 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7867 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7868 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7871 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7872 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7875 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7881 print_spaces (outfile
);
7882 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7883 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7884 print_spaces (outfile
);
7885 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7886 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7887 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7889 print_spaces (outfile
);
7890 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7891 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7892 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7895 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7897 print_spaces (outfile
);
7898 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7900 switch (AT_class (a
))
7902 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7903 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7905 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7906 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7908 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7909 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7911 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7912 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7913 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7915 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7916 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7918 case dw_val_class_const
:
7919 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7921 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7922 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7924 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7925 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7926 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7927 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7928 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7930 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7931 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7933 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7934 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7936 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7937 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7939 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7941 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7942 print_signature (outfile
,
7943 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7945 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7946 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7947 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7949 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7952 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7954 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7955 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7956 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7957 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7959 case dw_val_class_str
:
7960 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7961 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7963 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7965 case dw_val_class_file
:
7966 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7967 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7969 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7973 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7974 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7981 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7984 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7987 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7990 if (print_indent
== 0)
7991 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7994 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7995 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7998 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8001 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8003 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8004 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8006 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8007 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8008 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8009 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8012 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8015 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8018 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8020 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8023 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8024 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8030 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
8031 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8032 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8035 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8036 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8037 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8040 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8042 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8043 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8045 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8049 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8052 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8054 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8056 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8060 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8061 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8063 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8066 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8070 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8072 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8073 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8076 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8079 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8084 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8086 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8087 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8088 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8091 switch (AT_class (at
))
8093 case dw_val_class_const
:
8094 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8096 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8097 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8099 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8100 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8102 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8103 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8105 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8106 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8108 case dw_val_class_str
:
8109 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8112 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8114 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8115 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8118 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8119 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8122 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8123 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8124 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8127 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8128 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8131 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8132 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8133 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8134 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8137 case dw_val_class_file
:
8138 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8141 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8142 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8150 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8153 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8159 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8162 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8165 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8167 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8169 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8170 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8172 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8176 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8178 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8179 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8180 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8181 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8182 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8183 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8184 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8186 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8189 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8196 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8198 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8199 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8208 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8211 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8215 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8218 /* More bytes to follow. */
8226 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8227 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8230 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8234 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8236 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8237 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8238 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8241 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8243 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8247 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8248 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8250 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8251 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8253 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8256 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8259 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8261 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8262 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8263 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8265 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8266 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8270 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8273 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8274 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8275 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8276 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8280 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8283 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8284 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8286 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8289 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8291 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8293 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8294 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8295 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8296 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8297 is complete or not. */
8298 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8299 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8300 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8301 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8302 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8303 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8304 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8306 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8308 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8310 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8316 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8317 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8318 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8319 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8324 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8325 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8326 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8327 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8335 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8339 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8340 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8342 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8343 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8344 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8349 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8350 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8352 switch (AT_class (at
))
8354 case dw_val_class_const
:
8355 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8356 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8359 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8361 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8364 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8365 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8366 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8367 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8370 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8371 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8372 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8373 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8376 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8377 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8378 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8381 case dw_val_class_str
:
8382 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8383 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8386 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8388 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8389 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8390 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8393 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8394 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8395 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8398 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8399 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8400 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8403 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8404 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8405 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8406 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8409 case dw_val_class_file
:
8410 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8411 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8414 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8415 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8423 struct checksum_attributes
8425 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8437 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8438 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8439 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8440 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8441 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8442 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8443 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8444 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8445 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8446 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8447 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8448 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8449 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8450 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8451 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8452 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8453 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8454 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8455 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8456 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8457 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8458 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8459 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8460 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8461 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8462 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8463 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8464 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8465 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8466 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8467 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8468 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8469 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8470 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8471 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8474 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8477 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8482 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8493 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8495 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8496 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8498 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8499 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8501 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8502 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8504 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8505 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8507 case DW_AT_associated
:
8508 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8510 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8511 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8513 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8514 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8516 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8517 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8519 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8520 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8522 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8523 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8525 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8526 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8528 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8529 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8531 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8532 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8535 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8537 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8538 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8540 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8541 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8543 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8544 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8546 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8547 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8549 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8550 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8552 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8553 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8556 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8558 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8559 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8561 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8562 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8564 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8565 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8567 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8568 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8570 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8571 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8573 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8574 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8576 case DW_AT_location
:
8577 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8579 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8580 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8583 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8585 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8586 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8588 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8589 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8591 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8592 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8595 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8598 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8600 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8601 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8603 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8604 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8606 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8607 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8609 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8610 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8612 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8613 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8615 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8616 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8618 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8619 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8621 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8622 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8624 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8625 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8633 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8636 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8640 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8642 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8643 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8645 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8647 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8649 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8650 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8664 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8665 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8666 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8667 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8668 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8669 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8670 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8671 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8672 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8673 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8674 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8675 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8676 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8677 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8678 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8679 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8680 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8681 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8682 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8683 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8684 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8685 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8686 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8687 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8688 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8689 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8690 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8691 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8692 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8693 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8694 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8695 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8696 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8697 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8698 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8700 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8703 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8706 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8707 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8708 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8710 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8711 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8712 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8716 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8717 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8719 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8721 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8723 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8727 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8728 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8729 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8730 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8732 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8733 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8734 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8735 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8736 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8737 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8738 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8741 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8745 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8749 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8750 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8752 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8753 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8754 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8756 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8758 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8760 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8761 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8762 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8764 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8765 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8766 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8768 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8771 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8773 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8775 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8777 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8778 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8779 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8781 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8782 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8783 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8784 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8786 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8787 type node together. */
8788 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8789 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8790 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8791 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8793 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8796 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8799 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8801 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8803 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8804 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8805 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8808 /* Do the values look the same? */
8810 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8812 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8815 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8818 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8820 case dw_val_class_const
:
8821 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8822 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8823 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8824 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8825 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8826 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8827 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8828 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8829 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8831 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8832 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8835 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8836 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8837 case dw_val_class_str
:
8838 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8840 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8841 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8842 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8843 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8845 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8847 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8848 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8850 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8851 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8853 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8854 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8856 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8858 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8859 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8861 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8862 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8863 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8864 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8867 case dw_val_class_file
:
8868 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8870 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8871 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8878 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8881 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8883 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8886 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8887 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8888 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8891 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8894 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8897 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8903 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8905 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8906 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8908 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8911 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8912 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8915 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8916 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8919 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8920 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8929 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8933 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8935 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8945 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8948 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8951 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8953 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8954 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8959 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8961 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8963 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8964 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8966 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8967 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8970 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8972 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8973 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8974 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8977 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8980 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8981 the name filename of the unit. */
8983 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8985 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8986 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8987 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8989 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8990 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8992 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8993 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8995 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
8999 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9000 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9003 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9006 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9008 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9010 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9011 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9012 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9013 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9014 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9015 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9016 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9017 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9018 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9019 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9020 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9021 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9022 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9023 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9024 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9025 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9026 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9027 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9028 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9029 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9036 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9037 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9038 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9039 compilations (functions). */
9042 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9044 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9045 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9046 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9047 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9049 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9052 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9053 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9054 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9055 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9056 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9058 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9060 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9063 return is_type_die (c
);
9066 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9067 compilation unit. */
9070 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9072 return (is_type_die (c
)
9073 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9074 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9075 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9079 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9083 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9084 return xstrdup (buf
);
9087 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9090 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9094 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9096 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9098 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9100 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9101 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9102 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9105 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9108 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9111 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9114 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9115 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9118 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9120 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9122 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9123 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9125 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9129 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9131 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9132 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9133 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9135 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9139 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9141 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9142 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9152 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9155 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9157 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9158 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9160 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9162 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9163 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9167 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9169 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9175 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9179 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9181 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9182 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9188 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9190 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9192 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9194 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9195 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9199 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9202 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9203 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9204 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9207 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9210 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9211 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9212 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9216 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9218 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9219 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9221 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9223 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9224 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9226 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9227 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9228 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9229 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9231 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9233 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9236 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9239 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9240 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9244 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9245 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9246 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9252 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9253 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9254 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9255 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9257 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9260 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9261 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9262 comdat_symbol_number
);
9265 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9268 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9271 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9276 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9277 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9283 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9284 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9287 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9289 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9291 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9292 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9293 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9294 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9295 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9296 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9299 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9300 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9301 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9302 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9303 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9304 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9305 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9306 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9307 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9308 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9309 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9310 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9311 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9312 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9313 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9314 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9320 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9323 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9329 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9330 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9332 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9333 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9338 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9341 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9344 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9346 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9351 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9354 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9361 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9362 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9363 return clone_die (die
);
9365 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9366 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9368 return clone_die (decl
);
9370 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9371 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9373 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9375 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9376 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9377 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9381 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9382 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9383 case DW_AT_external
:
9386 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9387 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
9388 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9389 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9391 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9397 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9398 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9400 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9404 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9405 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9406 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9407 attached to the specification. */
9410 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9413 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9415 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9424 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9425 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9426 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9428 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9430 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9432 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9433 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9434 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9435 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9438 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9441 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9442 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9443 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9445 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9446 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9448 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9449 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9454 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9455 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9458 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9460 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9463 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9465 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9467 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9468 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9472 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9473 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9474 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9477 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9479 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9482 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9483 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9485 node
.parent
= parent
;
9487 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9491 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9494 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9496 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9497 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9499 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9500 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9501 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9502 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9503 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9505 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9506 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9507 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9511 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9512 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9515 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9518 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9520 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9523 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9526 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9527 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9528 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9529 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9531 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9532 return node
.new_die
;
9535 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9536 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9537 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9538 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9539 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9540 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9543 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9545 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9547 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9548 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9549 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9552 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9553 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9559 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9560 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9563 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9567 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9568 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9569 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9571 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9575 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9578 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9579 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9581 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9582 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9584 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9585 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9586 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9587 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9588 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9589 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9590 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9591 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9592 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9594 /* Generate the type signature. */
9595 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9597 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9598 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9599 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9601 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9602 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9604 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9605 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9607 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9608 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9610 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9613 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9614 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9615 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9616 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9618 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9619 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9621 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9624 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9626 struct decl_table_entry
9632 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9635 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9637 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9638 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9640 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9644 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9646 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9647 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9648 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9650 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9654 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9656 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9661 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9662 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9663 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9664 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9667 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9669 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9670 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9673 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9677 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9678 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9679 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9680 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9682 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9686 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9687 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9695 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9698 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9699 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9700 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9703 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9704 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9706 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9708 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9710 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9717 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9718 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9722 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9728 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9730 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9732 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9733 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9735 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9737 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9740 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9741 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9743 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9745 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9746 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9747 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9748 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9752 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9753 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9755 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9759 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9760 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9761 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9762 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9763 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9768 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9769 into the new type unit. */
9770 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9771 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9772 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9773 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9776 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9777 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9779 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9780 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9781 get visited otherwise. */
9783 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9788 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9791 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9792 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9793 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9794 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9795 don't have an external reference. */
9798 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9803 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9804 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9805 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9809 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9810 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9811 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9814 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9818 if (! die
->die_child
)
9821 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9822 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9824 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9827 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9830 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9836 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9837 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9838 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9840 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9843 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9844 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9845 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9846 die are visited recursively. */
9849 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9851 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9852 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9857 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9858 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9859 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9860 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9861 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9863 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9864 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9867 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9869 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9870 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9874 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9876 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9879 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9880 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9883 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9885 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9886 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9887 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9897 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9899 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9901 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9902 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9905 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9906 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9907 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9910 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9911 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9914 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9915 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9918 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9921 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9928 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9931 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9936 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9937 .debug_info section. */
9939 static unsigned long
9940 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9942 unsigned long size
= 0;
9946 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9947 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9949 switch (AT_class (a
))
9951 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9952 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9954 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9955 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9957 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9959 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9962 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9963 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9965 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9969 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9970 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9972 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9973 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9975 case dw_val_class_const
:
9976 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9978 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9979 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9981 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9982 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9983 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9986 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9987 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9988 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9989 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9990 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9992 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9993 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9994 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9995 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9996 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9997 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9998 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9999 the same abbrev entry. */
10000 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10004 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10005 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10007 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10008 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10009 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10010 it's always sized as an offset. */
10011 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10012 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10013 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10014 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10016 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10019 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10021 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10022 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10024 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10025 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10027 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10028 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10029 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10031 case dw_val_class_str
:
10032 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10033 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10035 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10037 case dw_val_class_file
:
10038 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10040 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10044 gcc_unreachable ();
10051 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10052 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10053 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10054 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10057 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10061 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10062 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10064 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10066 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10067 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10068 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10071 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10072 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10073 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10074 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10077 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10081 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10084 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10087 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10090 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10094 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10095 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10098 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10101 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10104 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10110 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10114 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10116 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10117 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10118 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10121 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10122 generated for the compilation unit. */
10124 static unsigned long
10125 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10127 unsigned long size
;
10131 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10132 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10133 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10134 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10135 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10136 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10138 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10142 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10144 static unsigned long
10145 size_of_aranges (void)
10147 unsigned long size
;
10149 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10151 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10152 if (text_section_used
)
10153 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10154 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10155 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10156 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10158 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10159 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10163 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10165 static enum dwarf_form
10166 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10168 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10170 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10171 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10172 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10175 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10176 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10177 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10178 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10182 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10185 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10187 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10189 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10191 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10193 gcc_unreachable ();
10195 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10196 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10197 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10198 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10200 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10201 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10204 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10206 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10208 gcc_unreachable ();
10210 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10211 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10212 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10213 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10216 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10218 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10220 gcc_unreachable ();
10222 case dw_val_class_const
:
10223 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10224 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10225 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10228 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10230 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10232 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10234 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10236 gcc_unreachable ();
10238 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10239 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10242 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10244 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10246 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10249 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10251 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10252 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10253 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10256 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10258 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10260 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10262 gcc_unreachable ();
10264 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10265 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10267 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10268 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10269 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10270 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10271 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10272 the same abbrev entry. */
10273 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10274 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10276 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10277 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10278 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10279 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10281 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10282 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10283 return DW_FORM_data
;
10284 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10285 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10286 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10287 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10288 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10289 case dw_val_class_str
:
10290 return AT_string_form (a
);
10291 case dw_val_class_file
:
10292 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10295 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10297 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10299 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10301 gcc_unreachable ();
10304 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10305 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10308 gcc_unreachable ();
10312 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10315 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10317 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10322 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10326 output_abbrev_section (void)
10328 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10330 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10332 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10334 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10336 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10338 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10340 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10345 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10348 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10349 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10350 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10357 /* Terminate the table. */
10358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10361 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10364 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10366 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10371 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10372 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10373 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10375 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10377 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10380 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10383 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10384 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10385 const char *section
)
10387 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10389 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10390 retlist
->end
= end
;
10391 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10392 retlist
->section
= section
;
10397 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10398 hasn't got one yet. */
10401 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10403 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10404 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10407 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10410 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10412 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10414 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10416 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10417 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10419 unsigned long size
;
10420 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10421 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10423 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10425 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10426 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10427 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10428 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10429 "Location list end address (%s)",
10430 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10434 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10435 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10436 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10437 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10438 "Location list end address (%s)",
10439 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10441 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10443 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10444 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10445 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10447 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10450 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10451 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10452 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10453 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10454 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10455 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10458 /* Output a type signature. */
10461 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10465 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10466 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10469 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10470 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10473 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10477 unsigned long size
;
10480 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10481 them to point to. */
10482 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10483 output_die_symbol (die
);
10485 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10486 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10487 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10489 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10491 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10493 switch (AT_class (a
))
10495 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10496 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10499 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10500 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10504 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10506 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10508 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10509 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10510 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10511 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10516 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10517 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10519 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10520 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10523 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10525 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10528 case dw_val_class_const
:
10529 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10530 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10531 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10532 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10535 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10536 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10537 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10540 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10542 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10544 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10545 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10546 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10547 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10550 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10552 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10553 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10557 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10558 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10561 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10563 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10568 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10570 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10571 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10575 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10576 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10577 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10582 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10584 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10585 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10586 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10590 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10591 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10593 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10594 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10595 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10596 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10597 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10598 the same abbrev entry. */
10599 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10600 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10601 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10602 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10608 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10610 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10613 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10618 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10619 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10621 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10623 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10624 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10626 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10627 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10631 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10635 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10636 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10638 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10639 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10641 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10642 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10648 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10649 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10654 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10658 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10659 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10660 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10665 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10666 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10669 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10670 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10671 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10674 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10675 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10676 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10679 case dw_val_class_str
:
10680 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10681 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10682 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10684 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10686 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10689 case dw_val_class_file
:
10691 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10693 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10694 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10698 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10702 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10704 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10709 gcc_unreachable ();
10713 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10715 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10716 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10718 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10721 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10722 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10725 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10727 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10729 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10730 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10731 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10732 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10733 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10734 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10735 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10736 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10737 debug_abbrev_section
,
10738 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10742 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10745 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10747 const char *secname
;
10748 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10750 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10751 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10754 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10755 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10756 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10757 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10758 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10761 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10763 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10764 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10765 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10767 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10770 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10772 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10774 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10775 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10778 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10780 /* Output debugging information. */
10781 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10784 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10785 output_pubnames. */
10789 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10793 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10796 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10798 const char *secname
;
10801 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10805 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10806 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10808 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10810 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10811 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10812 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10814 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10815 secname
= ".debug_types";
10816 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10817 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10818 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10819 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10820 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10821 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10822 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10825 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10826 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10827 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10828 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10830 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10833 /* Output debugging information. */
10834 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10835 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10836 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10837 "Offset to Type DIE");
10838 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10840 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10843 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10845 static const char *
10846 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10848 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10851 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10854 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10859 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10860 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10864 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10866 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10868 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10870 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10874 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10877 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10882 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10883 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10884 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10889 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10891 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10892 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10893 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10894 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10895 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10897 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10902 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10904 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10907 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10908 it to the table. */
10909 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10910 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10914 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10915 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10918 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10921 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10924 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10925 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10926 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10927 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10928 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10929 "Length of Public Names Info");
10931 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10932 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10933 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10935 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10936 debug_info_section
,
10937 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10938 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10939 "Compilation Unit Length");
10941 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10943 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10944 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10945 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10947 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10948 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10949 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10951 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10954 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10961 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10964 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10966 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10969 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10971 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10972 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10973 arange_table_allocated
);
10974 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10975 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10978 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10981 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10982 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10983 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10986 output_aranges (void)
10989 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10991 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10992 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10993 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10994 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10995 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10996 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10997 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10998 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10999 debug_info_section
,
11000 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11004 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11005 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11007 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11009 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11010 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11011 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11012 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11015 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11016 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11017 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11018 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11019 confused with the terminator. */
11020 if (text_section_used
)
11022 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11023 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11024 text_section_label
, "Length");
11026 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11028 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11030 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11031 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11034 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
11036 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
11038 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11039 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11041 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11043 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
11045 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
11046 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
11050 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11051 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11052 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11053 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
11054 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11056 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11059 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11061 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11062 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11063 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11064 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11069 /* Output the terminator words. */
11070 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11074 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11077 static unsigned int
11078 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11080 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11082 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11084 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11085 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11086 ranges_table_allocated
);
11087 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11088 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11091 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11092 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11094 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11097 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11098 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11100 static unsigned int
11101 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11103 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11106 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11110 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11113 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11114 unsigned int offset
;
11116 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11118 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11119 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11121 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11122 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11123 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11124 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11127 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11128 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11129 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11131 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11134 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11140 output_ranges (void)
11143 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11144 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11146 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11148 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11152 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11153 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11156 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11158 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11159 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11160 base of the text section. */
11161 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11163 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11164 text_section_label
,
11165 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11166 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11167 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11170 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11171 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11172 about whether the target supports cross-section
11176 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11177 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11178 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11184 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11185 else if (block_num
< 0)
11187 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11189 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11191 gcc_unreachable ();
11193 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11194 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11195 the #if 0 above. */
11196 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11197 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11198 text_section_label
,
11199 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11200 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11201 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11202 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11207 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11208 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11209 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11210 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11211 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11217 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11218 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11224 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11227 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11228 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11229 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11230 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11231 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11234 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11238 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11239 int length
; /* Path length. */
11240 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11241 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11242 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11245 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11246 the directories in the path. */
11249 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11251 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11252 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11253 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11254 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11256 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11257 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11258 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11259 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11260 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11261 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11262 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11264 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11265 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11271 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11272 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11273 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11274 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11275 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11277 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11278 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11279 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11283 struct file_name_acquire_data
11285 struct file_info
*files
;
11290 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11293 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11295 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11296 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11297 struct file_info
*fi
;
11300 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11302 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11305 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11307 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11309 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11311 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11314 /* Create a new array entry. */
11316 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11319 /* Search for the file name part. */
11320 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11321 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11323 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11327 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11333 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11337 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11338 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11339 slowdowns with many input files. */
11342 output_file_names (void)
11344 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11346 struct file_info
*files
;
11347 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11355 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11362 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11364 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11365 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11366 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11368 fnad
.files
= files
;
11369 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11370 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11371 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11372 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11374 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11376 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11377 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11378 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11379 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11381 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11382 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11385 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11386 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11387 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11388 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11390 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11391 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11392 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11398 /* This is a new directory. */
11399 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11400 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11401 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11402 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11403 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11405 /* Search for a prefix. */
11406 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11407 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11408 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11409 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11410 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11411 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11412 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11413 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11418 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11419 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11420 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11421 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11422 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11423 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11424 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11425 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11427 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11428 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11433 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11434 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11435 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11436 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11438 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11441 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11443 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11447 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11448 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11449 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11453 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11454 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11456 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11457 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11462 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11464 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11466 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11467 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11468 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11470 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11471 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11473 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11474 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11479 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11480 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11481 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11482 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11484 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11485 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11489 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11490 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11491 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11492 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11493 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11494 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11496 /* Now write all the file names. */
11497 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11499 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11500 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11502 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11503 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11505 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11506 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11511 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11512 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11513 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11514 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11516 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11517 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11518 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11520 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11521 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11523 /* Include directory index. */
11524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11526 /* Modification time. */
11527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11528 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11532 /* File length in bytes. */
11533 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11534 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11538 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11539 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11541 /* Include directory index. */
11542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11544 /* Modification time. */
11545 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11547 /* File length in bytes. */
11548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11556 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11557 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11560 output_line_info (void)
11562 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11563 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11564 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11566 unsigned n_op_args
;
11567 unsigned long lt_index
;
11568 unsigned long current_line
;
11571 unsigned long current_file
;
11572 unsigned long function
;
11573 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11577 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11580 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11581 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11582 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11583 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11584 "Length of Source Line Info");
11585 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11587 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11588 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11589 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11591 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11592 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11593 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11594 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11595 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11596 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11597 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11598 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11600 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
11604 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11606 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11608 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11610 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11612 "Special Opcode Base");
11614 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11618 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11619 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11620 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11621 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11622 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11634 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11635 output_file_names ();
11636 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11638 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11639 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11640 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11642 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11643 a series of state machine operations. */
11647 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11648 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11650 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11651 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11653 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11656 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11657 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11660 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11661 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11662 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11663 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11664 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11668 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11670 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11671 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11672 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11673 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11674 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11675 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11677 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11680 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11682 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11683 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11687 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11688 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11690 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11692 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11695 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11697 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11698 different from the previous line. */
11699 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11701 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11706 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11707 that uses the least amount of space. */
11708 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11710 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11711 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11712 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11713 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11714 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11715 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11718 "line %lu", current_line
);
11721 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11722 depending on the value being encoded. */
11723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11724 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11725 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11730 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11734 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11738 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11739 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11744 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11746 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11756 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11758 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11759 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11762 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11763 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11764 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11765 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11769 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11770 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11771 to handle it differently. */
11772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11774 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11776 function
= line_info
->function
;
11778 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11782 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11786 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11789 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11790 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11791 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11798 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11802 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11804 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11805 different from the previous line. */
11806 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11808 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11810 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11813 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11814 that uses the least amount of space. */
11815 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11817 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11818 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11819 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11820 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11822 "line %lu", current_line
);
11825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11826 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11827 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11840 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11841 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11842 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11847 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11852 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11853 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11858 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11860 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11863 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11864 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11870 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11871 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11874 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11876 static unsigned long
11877 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11879 unsigned long size
;
11882 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11884 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11885 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11887 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11888 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11890 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11891 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11892 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11894 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11895 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11896 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11898 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11899 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11901 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11907 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11908 identical function have been merged. */
11911 output_dcall_table (void)
11914 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11916 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11917 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11919 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11920 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11921 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11922 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11923 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11924 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11925 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11926 debug_info_section
,
11927 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11930 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11932 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11933 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11935 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11936 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11939 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11940 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11941 "Caller DIE offset");
11944 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11945 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11946 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11947 "Callee DIE offset");
11951 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11953 static unsigned long
11954 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11956 unsigned long size
;
11960 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11963 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11964 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11965 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11970 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11971 identical function have been merged. */
11974 output_vcall_table (void)
11977 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11979 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11981 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11982 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11983 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11984 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11985 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11986 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11989 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11992 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11993 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11997 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11998 a DIE that describes the given type.
12000 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12001 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12004 base_type_die (tree type
)
12006 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12007 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12009 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12012 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12013 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12014 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12015 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12017 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12020 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12022 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12023 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12025 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12027 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12028 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12030 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12034 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12036 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12037 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12039 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12042 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12045 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12046 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12047 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12048 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12049 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12051 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12054 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12055 a user defined type for it. */
12057 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12058 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12060 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12064 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12065 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12069 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12070 gcc_unreachable ();
12073 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12075 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12076 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
12077 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
12079 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12080 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12081 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12083 return base_type_result
;
12086 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12087 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12090 is_base_type (tree type
)
12092 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12098 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12106 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12107 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12108 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12111 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12118 gcc_unreachable ();
12124 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12125 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12126 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12127 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12128 ERROR_MARK node. */
12130 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12131 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12133 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12134 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12135 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12137 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12138 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12140 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12143 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12144 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12147 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12149 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12150 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12152 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12153 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12155 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12157 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12159 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12160 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12161 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12165 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12167 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12169 return subrange_die
;
12172 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12173 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12176 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12177 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12179 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12180 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12181 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12182 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12183 tree qualified_type
;
12184 tree name
, low
, high
;
12186 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12189 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12192 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12193 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12194 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12196 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12197 if (qualified_type
)
12199 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12201 return mod_type_die
;
12204 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12206 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12207 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12208 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12210 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12212 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12214 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12215 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12216 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12218 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12219 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12220 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12221 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12222 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12223 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12224 type to which it refers. */
12225 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12226 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12228 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12233 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12234 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12236 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12238 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12239 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12241 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12243 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12244 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12245 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12246 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12247 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12248 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12249 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12251 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12253 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
12254 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
,
12257 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12258 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12259 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12260 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12261 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12262 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12263 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12265 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12266 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12267 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12269 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12270 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12272 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12273 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12276 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12278 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12279 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12280 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12281 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12282 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12284 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12285 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12287 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12288 not the main variant. */
12289 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12292 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12293 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12294 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12295 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12296 if the base type already has the same name. */
12298 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12299 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12300 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12301 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12302 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12303 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12305 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12306 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12307 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12308 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12309 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12310 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12313 if (qualified_type
)
12314 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12317 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12318 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12319 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12320 types are possible in Ada. */
12321 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12322 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12323 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12326 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12327 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12329 return mod_type_die
;
12332 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12333 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12334 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12337 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12341 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12343 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12347 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12348 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12349 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12353 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12355 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12356 or function. End of story. */
12359 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12360 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12361 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12363 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12365 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12366 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12367 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12368 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12370 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12372 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12373 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12374 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12375 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12376 an argument pack. */
12377 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12378 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12382 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12383 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12388 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12389 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12390 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12391 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12392 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12394 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12395 as a child node. */
12398 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12400 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12402 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12403 const char *name
= NULL
;
12405 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12408 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12409 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12410 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12412 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12413 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12414 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12415 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12416 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12417 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12418 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12419 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12420 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12421 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12422 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12423 name of the template template argument. */
12424 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12427 gcc_unreachable ();
12433 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12434 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12435 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12436 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12440 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12442 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12445 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12447 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12448 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12449 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12450 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12451 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12452 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12453 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12454 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12459 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12460 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12461 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12463 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12464 to the name of the argument. */
12465 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12467 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12470 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12471 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12472 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12473 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12475 We must be careful here:
12476 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12477 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12478 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12479 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12480 emitted after cgraph computations.
12481 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12482 after cgraph is ready. */
12483 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12489 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12490 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12491 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12494 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12495 tree parm_pack_args
,
12496 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12501 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12503 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12504 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12505 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12506 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12507 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12508 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12513 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12514 an enumerated type. */
12517 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12519 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12522 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12524 static unsigned int
12525 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12527 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12529 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12531 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12532 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12534 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12535 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12536 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12540 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12543 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12544 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12545 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12548 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12550 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12552 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12554 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12555 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12558 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12559 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12563 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12564 zero if there is none. */
12566 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12567 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12571 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12574 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12576 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12577 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12579 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12582 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12583 a given hard register number. */
12585 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12586 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12588 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12592 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12594 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12596 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12597 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12599 return reg_loc_descr
;
12602 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12603 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12605 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12606 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12607 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12609 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12611 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12614 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12615 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12617 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12618 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12619 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12622 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12623 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12625 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12626 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12628 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12633 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12635 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12636 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12637 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12638 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12644 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12646 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12648 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12651 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12653 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12655 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12656 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12657 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12658 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12659 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12662 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12663 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12667 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12669 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12671 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12673 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12674 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12676 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12678 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12679 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12683 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12684 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12685 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12686 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12687 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12688 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12689 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12690 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12697 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12698 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12699 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12700 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12701 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12702 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12707 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12711 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12712 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12713 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12716 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12719 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12721 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12728 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12730 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12732 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12733 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12736 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12742 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12744 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12745 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12748 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12750 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12751 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12752 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12753 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12754 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12755 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12757 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12758 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12759 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12763 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12765 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12766 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12770 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12772 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12773 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12774 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12776 unsigned int regno
;
12777 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12778 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12780 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12781 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12782 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12783 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12784 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12786 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12790 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12792 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12793 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12795 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12796 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12797 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12798 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12799 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12800 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12802 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12803 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12804 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12805 access stack variables. */
12806 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12807 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12810 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12811 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12812 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12813 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12816 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12817 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12822 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12823 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12825 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12826 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12827 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12828 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12829 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12830 else in other part of the routine. */
12831 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12834 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12836 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12839 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12841 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12842 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12847 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12850 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12852 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12853 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12854 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12855 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12858 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12861 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12862 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12865 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12867 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12870 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12872 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12873 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12876 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12877 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12880 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12881 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12886 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12890 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12892 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12894 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12896 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12899 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12900 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12902 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12906 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12907 or via for_each_rtx. */
12910 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12914 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
12916 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12917 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12918 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12919 inform (current_function_decl
12920 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
12921 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
12922 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12925 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12926 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12930 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12933 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12936 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12937 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12938 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12941 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12942 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12947 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12950 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12951 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12952 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12953 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12954 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12955 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12957 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12959 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12961 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12962 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12970 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12971 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12972 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12975 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12977 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12978 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12980 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12981 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12986 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12987 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12988 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12989 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12991 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12992 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12993 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12994 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12996 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12997 autoincrement addressing modes.
12999 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13000 location list for RTL.
13002 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13004 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13005 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13006 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13008 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13009 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13010 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13012 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13013 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13014 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13015 zeroth element of the array. */
13017 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13019 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13024 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13027 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13028 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13029 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13030 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13031 contains the given subreg. */
13032 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13034 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13035 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13037 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13039 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13043 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13044 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13045 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13046 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13047 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13048 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13049 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13050 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13051 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13052 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13053 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13054 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13055 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13056 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13057 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13058 else if (stack_realign_drap
13060 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13061 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13063 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13064 out, use DRAP instead. */
13065 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13066 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13072 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13073 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13078 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13079 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13080 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13081 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13085 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13086 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13087 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13088 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13089 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13094 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13095 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13096 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13097 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13098 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13100 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13102 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13105 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13106 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13108 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13109 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13110 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13114 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13115 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13116 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13121 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13123 /* ... fall through ... */
13126 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13127 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13131 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13132 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13134 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13136 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13137 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13140 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13141 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13142 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13143 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13145 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13146 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13151 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13155 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13156 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13157 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13158 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13164 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13165 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13169 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13170 PLUS code below. */
13171 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13176 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13178 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13179 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13180 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13181 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13183 /* ... fall through ... */
13187 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13188 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13189 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13190 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13193 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13194 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13195 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13198 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13199 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13202 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13203 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13204 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13205 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13207 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13208 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13209 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13214 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13215 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13257 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13258 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13259 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13260 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13262 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13265 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13266 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13267 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13271 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13272 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13273 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13276 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13279 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13280 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13281 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13285 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13301 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13302 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13307 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13308 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13312 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13340 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13341 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13345 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13347 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13348 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13349 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13352 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13353 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13354 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13355 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13357 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13360 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13361 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13363 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13364 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13365 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13366 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13367 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13369 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13371 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13372 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13375 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13376 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13378 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13379 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13380 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13381 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13382 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13383 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13384 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13385 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13386 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13387 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13388 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13389 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13390 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13391 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13392 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13393 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13394 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13397 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13398 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13399 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13400 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13403 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13404 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13410 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13411 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13412 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13413 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13415 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13416 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13417 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13438 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13439 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13443 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13445 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13446 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13447 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13450 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13451 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13452 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13453 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13455 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13458 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13459 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13461 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13462 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13464 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13465 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13468 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13469 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13471 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13472 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13473 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13474 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13475 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13476 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13478 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13479 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13481 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13482 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13483 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13484 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13485 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13486 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13488 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13489 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13494 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13495 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13496 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13497 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13498 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13499 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13501 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13511 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13512 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13513 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13516 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13517 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13518 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13519 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13521 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13524 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13525 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13526 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13527 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13529 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13531 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13532 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13533 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13534 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13535 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13539 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13540 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13541 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13542 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13545 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13547 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13548 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13549 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13550 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13551 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13552 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13553 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13556 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13560 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13561 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13562 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13564 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13566 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13567 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13568 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13569 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13570 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13571 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13572 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13578 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13579 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13580 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13581 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13582 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13583 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13584 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13587 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13588 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13591 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13595 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13596 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13597 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13598 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13599 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13601 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13603 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13604 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13606 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13608 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13610 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13611 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13612 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13622 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13623 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13650 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13652 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13655 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13656 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13658 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13670 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
13673 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13674 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13679 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13683 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13684 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13685 gcc_unreachable ();
13691 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13692 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13694 return mem_loc_result
;
13697 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13698 This is typically a complex variable. */
13700 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13701 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13703 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13704 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13705 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13706 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13707 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13709 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13712 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13713 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13715 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13716 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13718 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13719 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13721 return cc_loc_result
;
13724 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13727 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13728 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13731 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13732 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13734 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13736 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13737 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13739 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13743 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13744 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13747 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13748 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13750 return cc_loc_result
;
13753 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13754 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13755 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13756 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13757 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13759 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13760 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13761 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13763 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13765 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13766 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13767 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13769 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13771 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13774 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13775 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13776 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13777 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13778 contains the given subreg. */
13779 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13783 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13788 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13792 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13794 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13795 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13796 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13798 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13799 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13800 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13805 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13810 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13815 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
13817 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
13818 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
13819 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
13820 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
13824 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13829 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13830 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13831 enum machine_mode mode
;
13834 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13835 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13836 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13837 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13839 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13840 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13841 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13843 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13845 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13846 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13849 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13850 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13851 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13857 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13858 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13863 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13864 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13866 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13868 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13870 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13871 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13872 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13873 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13874 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13875 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13876 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13878 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13879 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13881 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13882 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13883 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13884 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13885 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13889 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13890 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.high
13891 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
);
13892 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.low
13893 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
);
13899 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13900 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13902 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13904 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13905 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13906 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13910 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13911 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13913 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13914 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13916 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13917 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
13919 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
13927 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
13928 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
13932 gcc_unreachable ();
13935 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13936 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
13939 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
13940 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13942 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13943 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13948 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
13949 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
13954 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13955 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13957 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13958 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13963 gcc_unreachable ();
13966 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13967 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13968 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13969 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13970 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13971 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13976 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13977 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13978 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13979 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13981 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13986 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13989 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13990 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13992 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13993 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13994 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13995 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13996 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14001 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14002 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14003 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14005 /* Value expression. */
14006 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14008 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14009 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14017 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14018 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14019 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14020 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14021 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14022 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14024 static const char *
14025 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14027 const char *secname
;
14029 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14031 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14032 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14034 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14036 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14037 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14039 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14040 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14042 secname
= text_section_label
;
14047 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14050 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14052 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14053 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14054 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14057 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14060 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14061 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14062 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14064 int have_address
= 0;
14065 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14066 enum machine_mode mode
;
14068 if (want_address
!= 2)
14070 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14072 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14074 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14075 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14076 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14077 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14078 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14080 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14081 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14086 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14088 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14092 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14099 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
14106 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14107 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14109 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14111 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14112 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14115 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14118 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14119 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14121 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14122 "Want address and only have value");
14126 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14127 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14129 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14130 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14132 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14134 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14135 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14138 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14141 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14143 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14149 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14150 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14153 static dw_loc_list_ref
14154 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14156 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14158 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14159 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14160 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14161 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14162 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14163 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14165 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14166 actually construct the list of locations.
14167 The first location information is what is passed to the
14168 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14169 locations just get added on to that list.
14170 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14171 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14172 the range [current location start, next location start].
14173 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14174 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14176 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14178 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14179 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14181 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14182 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14183 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14184 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14185 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14188 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14190 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14194 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14195 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14196 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14198 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14199 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14200 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14203 if (!current_function_decl
)
14204 endname
= text_end_label
;
14207 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14208 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14209 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14212 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14213 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14217 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14218 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14219 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14220 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14221 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14223 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14229 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14230 as location description. */
14233 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14235 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14236 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14239 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14242 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14244 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14245 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14246 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14249 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14250 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14251 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14252 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14254 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14255 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14256 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14259 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14263 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14264 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14265 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14266 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14268 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14269 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14270 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14271 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14275 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14284 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14286 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14289 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14291 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14295 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14296 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14297 " location lists.\n");
14302 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14303 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14305 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14306 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14308 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14309 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14310 enum machine_mode mode
;
14312 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14317 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14319 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14320 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14322 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14324 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14325 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14328 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14329 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14330 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14333 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14334 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14335 into simple arithmetics. */
14337 static dw_loc_list_ref
14338 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14341 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14342 enum machine_mode mode
;
14344 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14345 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14347 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14348 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14349 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14351 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14353 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14356 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14358 expansion_failed (obj
,
14359 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14362 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14363 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14365 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14366 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14368 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14373 /* Variable offset. */
14374 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14375 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14377 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14380 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14381 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14383 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14385 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14386 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14388 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14389 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14390 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14391 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14397 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14398 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14399 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14400 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14401 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14402 to refer to register values). */
14404 static dw_loc_list_ref
14405 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14407 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14408 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14409 int have_address
= 0;
14410 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14412 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14413 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14416 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14419 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14422 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14423 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14424 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14425 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14426 the names of types. */
14427 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14431 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14432 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14435 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14436 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14437 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14438 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14439 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14440 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14444 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14445 e.g. for &this->field. */
14448 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14449 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14452 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14453 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14456 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14457 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14458 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14462 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14468 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14471 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14472 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14473 bool dtprel
= false;
14475 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14477 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14479 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14482 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14483 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14485 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14487 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14489 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14493 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14494 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14496 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14497 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14498 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14501 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14502 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14507 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14508 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14511 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14512 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14513 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14514 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14516 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14517 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14525 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14526 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14531 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14534 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14536 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14538 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14539 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14542 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14543 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14545 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14548 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14550 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14551 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14552 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14553 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14555 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14557 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14560 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14562 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14563 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14564 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14568 enum machine_mode mode
;
14570 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14571 if (want_address
== 2)
14573 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14574 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14579 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14582 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14585 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14588 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14589 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14595 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14596 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14597 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14601 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14602 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14605 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14608 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14610 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14611 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14613 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14614 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14615 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14618 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14619 enum machine_mode mode
;
14621 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14623 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14624 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14626 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14628 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14630 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14631 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14632 for nonzero bitpos. */
14635 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14637 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14638 "bitfield access");
14642 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14644 /* Variable offset. */
14645 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14646 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14648 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14651 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14654 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14656 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14657 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14658 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14665 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14666 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14668 else if (want_address
== 2
14669 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14670 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14671 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14672 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14674 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14675 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14678 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14679 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14688 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14691 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14692 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14693 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14696 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14697 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14702 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14707 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14708 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14713 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14714 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14715 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14716 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14717 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14726 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14727 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14728 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14729 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14730 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14735 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14736 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14737 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14740 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14743 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14744 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14745 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14746 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14747 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14759 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14762 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14764 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14765 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14767 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14771 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14779 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14786 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14793 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14800 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14815 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14816 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14817 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14820 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14823 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14826 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14840 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14844 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14850 const enum tree_code code
=
14851 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14853 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14854 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14855 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14856 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14859 /* ... fall through ... */
14863 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14864 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14865 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14866 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14867 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14869 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14870 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14873 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14874 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14876 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14877 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14878 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14880 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14881 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14882 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14884 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14885 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14886 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14887 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14888 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14892 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14896 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14897 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14898 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14899 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14901 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14902 "language specific tree node");
14906 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14907 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14908 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14909 gcc_unreachable ();
14911 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14912 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14917 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14920 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14921 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14923 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14925 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14926 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14930 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14932 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14933 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14936 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14937 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14939 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14940 "Want address and only have value");
14944 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14946 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14947 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14949 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14951 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14953 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14954 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14957 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14960 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14963 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14965 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14968 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14973 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14974 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14975 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14977 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14980 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14982 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14983 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14989 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14990 which is not less than the value itself. */
14992 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14993 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14995 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14998 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14999 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15000 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15001 ERROR_MARK node. */
15004 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15008 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15009 return integer_type_node
;
15011 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15012 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15013 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15018 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15019 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15020 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15022 static inline unsigned
15023 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15025 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15028 static inline unsigned
15029 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15031 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15034 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15036 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15037 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
15039 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15040 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15041 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15042 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15043 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
15049 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
15052 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15053 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15054 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15055 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15056 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15059 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15060 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15062 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
15063 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
15065 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15068 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15070 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15071 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15072 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15073 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
15076 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
15078 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15079 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15082 tree field_size_tree
;
15083 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
15084 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
15085 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15086 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
15089 type
= field_type (decl
);
15090 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15091 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15093 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15095 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15096 a flexible array member. */
15097 if (!field_size_tree
)
15098 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15100 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15101 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
15102 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
15104 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15106 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15108 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15109 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15110 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15111 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15112 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15113 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15114 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15115 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15116 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15118 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15120 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15121 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15122 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15123 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15124 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15125 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15126 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15127 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15128 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15129 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15130 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15132 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15133 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15134 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15135 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15136 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15137 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15138 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15139 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15140 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15141 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15144 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15145 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15146 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15147 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15148 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15149 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15150 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15152 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15153 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15154 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15156 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15157 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15159 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15161 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15163 object_offset_in_bits
15164 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15166 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15168 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15170 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15171 object_offset_in_bits
15172 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15177 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15179 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15182 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15183 associated with them. */
15185 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15187 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15188 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15189 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15192 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15193 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15197 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15198 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15200 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15203 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15204 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15205 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15206 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15207 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15208 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15211 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15212 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15213 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15214 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15215 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15216 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15217 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15218 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15219 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15220 function below.) */
15223 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15225 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15226 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15228 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15230 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15231 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15233 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15234 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15235 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15236 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15238 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15240 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15242 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15244 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15245 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15246 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15248 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15249 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15250 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15252 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15253 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15254 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15256 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15257 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15258 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15259 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15261 /* Extract the offset. */
15262 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15263 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15265 /* Add it to the object address. */
15266 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15267 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15270 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15273 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15277 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15279 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15280 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15285 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15287 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15288 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15289 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15291 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15292 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15293 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15297 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15300 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15304 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15307 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15310 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15314 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15320 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15322 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15323 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15325 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15331 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15337 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15340 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15342 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15346 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15347 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15349 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15350 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15352 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15357 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15358 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15359 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15360 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15361 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15364 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15366 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15370 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15373 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15375 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15380 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15381 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15382 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15385 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15387 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15389 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15390 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15392 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15393 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15396 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15397 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15403 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15404 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15405 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15406 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15410 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15412 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15413 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15415 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15416 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
15418 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
15426 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
15427 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
15431 gcc_unreachable ();
15434 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15435 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
15438 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
15439 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15441 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15442 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15447 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15448 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15453 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15454 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15456 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15457 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15462 gcc_unreachable ();
15465 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15470 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15472 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15473 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15475 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15476 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15477 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15478 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15479 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15480 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15486 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15487 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15490 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15493 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15498 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15499 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15500 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15501 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15502 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15503 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15504 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15505 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15506 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15507 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15508 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15516 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15517 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15518 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15520 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15526 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15527 gcc_unreachable ();
15532 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15533 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15536 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15537 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15539 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15540 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15542 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15543 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15545 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15546 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15547 be conservative. */
15548 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15549 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15551 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15553 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15557 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15558 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15560 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15561 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15562 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15563 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15564 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15567 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15573 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15574 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15577 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15579 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15581 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15582 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15583 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15585 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15586 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15587 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15589 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15591 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15592 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15593 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15594 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15595 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15597 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15598 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15599 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15600 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15603 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15605 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15607 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15608 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15609 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15611 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15612 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15613 reference variables which won't be output. */
15614 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15615 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15617 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15619 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15620 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15625 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15627 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15628 bool constant_p
= true;
15630 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15632 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15633 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15634 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15635 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15636 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15638 constant_p
= false;
15644 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15654 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15656 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15657 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15663 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15666 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15670 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15671 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15672 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15674 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15675 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15676 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15677 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15678 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15679 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15680 referenced within the function.
15682 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15683 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15684 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15685 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15687 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15688 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15689 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15690 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15691 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15692 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15694 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15695 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15696 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15697 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15698 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15699 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15700 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15701 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15702 output at debug-time.
15704 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15705 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15706 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15707 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15708 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15709 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15710 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15711 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15712 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15713 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15714 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15715 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15716 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15718 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15719 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15720 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15721 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15722 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15723 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15724 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15725 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15726 I'd like to fix it.
15728 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15729 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15730 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15731 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15732 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15733 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15734 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15735 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15736 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15737 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15738 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15740 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15741 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15743 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15744 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15745 fixed registers. */
15746 if (! reload_completed
)
15749 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15751 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15753 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15754 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15756 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15761 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15763 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15765 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15766 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15767 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15768 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15770 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15771 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15772 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15773 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15774 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15775 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15776 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15777 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15779 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15782 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15784 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15785 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15786 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15787 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15794 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15795 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15796 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15797 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15798 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15799 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15801 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15802 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15803 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15804 /* Not passed in memory. */
15805 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15806 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15807 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15808 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15809 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15810 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15811 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15814 /* Big endian correction check. */
15815 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15816 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15817 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15820 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15821 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15823 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15824 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15827 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15830 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15831 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15833 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15834 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15836 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15837 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15838 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15839 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15840 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15841 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15843 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15844 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15847 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15848 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15849 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15850 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15851 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15854 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15856 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15857 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15858 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15860 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15862 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15863 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15865 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15866 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15867 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15868 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15869 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15870 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15871 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15873 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
15875 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15876 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15883 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15884 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15885 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15888 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15890 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15891 enum machine_mode mode
;
15892 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15894 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15896 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15897 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15898 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15899 be handled as such. */
15900 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15901 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15902 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15906 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15907 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15910 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15911 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15913 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15914 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15915 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15916 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15920 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15922 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15924 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15927 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15932 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15933 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15934 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15935 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15936 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15937 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15938 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15939 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15940 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15941 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15944 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15945 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15948 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15949 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15951 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15954 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15955 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15957 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15960 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15961 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15962 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15965 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15966 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15967 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15968 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15971 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
15972 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15973 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15975 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15977 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15978 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15979 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15980 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15981 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15982 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15985 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15988 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15991 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15992 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15993 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15996 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15999 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
16001 deferred_locations entry
;
16002 entry
.variable
= variable
;
16004 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
16007 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16008 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16011 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
16015 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
16019 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16022 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16023 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16025 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16026 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16028 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
16030 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16032 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16034 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16035 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16036 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16037 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16040 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16045 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16046 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16048 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16050 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
16051 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16052 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
16053 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16055 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
16056 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
16059 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
16060 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
16063 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
16064 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
16066 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16069 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16070 tree index
= ce
->index
;
16072 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16073 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
16076 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
16081 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16084 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
16085 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16087 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
16088 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
16092 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
16093 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
16096 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
16100 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
16101 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
16103 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
16104 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16105 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16107 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16110 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16111 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16114 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16115 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16117 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16118 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16120 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16126 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16129 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16130 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16131 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16133 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16134 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16136 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16137 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16138 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16140 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16146 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16147 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16148 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16150 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16154 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16155 attribute is the const value T. */
16158 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16161 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16164 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16168 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16170 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16172 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16173 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16174 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16175 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16177 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16178 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16180 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16182 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16184 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16192 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16193 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16194 variable with static storage duration
16195 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16198 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16202 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16203 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16206 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16207 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16208 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16213 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16214 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16217 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16220 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16221 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16222 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16223 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16226 static dw_loc_list_ref
16227 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16230 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16232 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16233 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16234 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16236 fde
= current_fde ();
16237 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16239 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16243 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16244 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16245 remember
= next_cfa
;
16247 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16249 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16250 advance opcodes. */
16251 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16252 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16254 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16255 last_label
= start_label
;
16257 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16258 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16260 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16261 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16262 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16263 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16264 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16266 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16267 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16269 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16270 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16271 start_label
= last_label
;
16273 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16276 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16277 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16278 gcc_unreachable ();
16281 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16285 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16287 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16288 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16289 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16290 start_label
= last_label
;
16293 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16294 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16296 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16302 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16303 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16304 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16305 before the latter is negated. */
16308 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16312 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16313 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16314 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16316 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16317 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16320 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16321 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16323 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16324 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16327 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16328 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16329 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16330 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16331 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16332 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16334 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16337 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16338 the value of the attribute. */
16341 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16343 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16345 if (demangle_name_func
)
16346 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16348 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16352 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16355 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16357 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16363 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16367 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16368 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16370 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16371 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16375 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16378 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16382 lower_bound_default (void)
16384 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
))
16389 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
16391 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
16394 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
16395 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
16396 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
16400 case DW_LANG_Python
:
16401 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16402 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
16403 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
16404 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
16405 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
16406 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
16407 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
16409 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16415 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16416 a representation for that bound. */
16419 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16421 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16426 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16429 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16432 /* Use the default if possible. */
16433 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16434 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
16435 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16436 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
16439 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16440 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16441 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16442 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16444 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16445 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16446 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16447 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16449 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16450 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16451 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16452 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16454 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16455 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16460 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16461 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16471 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16473 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16474 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16475 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16476 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16477 later parameter. */
16478 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16480 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16488 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16489 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16491 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16492 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16494 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
16495 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
16497 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16498 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16499 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16500 If that fails to give a single element list,
16501 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16502 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
16503 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
16505 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
16512 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16513 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16515 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16517 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16518 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16519 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16520 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16521 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16527 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16528 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16529 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16530 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16533 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16535 unsigned dimension_number
;
16537 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16539 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16540 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16541 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16543 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16545 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16548 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16549 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16551 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16554 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16555 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16556 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16558 /* Define the index type. */
16559 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16561 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16562 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16563 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16564 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16565 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16566 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16567 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16570 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16574 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16575 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16577 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16578 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16579 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16581 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16583 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16586 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16587 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16593 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16597 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16602 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16605 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16606 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16609 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16610 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16611 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16612 even for bit-fields. */
16613 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16616 gcc_unreachable ();
16619 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16620 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16621 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16622 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16623 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16626 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16627 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16628 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16631 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16632 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16633 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16634 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16635 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16636 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16638 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16639 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16640 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16643 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16645 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16646 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16647 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16648 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16649 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16650 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16652 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16653 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16655 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16656 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16657 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16658 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16659 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16662 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16664 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16665 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16666 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16667 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16668 below must take account of these differences. */
16669 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16670 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16672 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16674 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16675 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16679 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16680 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16681 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16683 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16686 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16687 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16690 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16692 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16693 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16694 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16696 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16697 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16700 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16701 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16704 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16706 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16707 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16708 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16711 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16712 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16715 static inline dw_die_ref
16716 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16718 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16720 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16722 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16723 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16724 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16726 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16727 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16731 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16733 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16735 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16738 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16739 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16740 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16741 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16743 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16744 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16745 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16746 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16747 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16748 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16749 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16753 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16757 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16760 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16762 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16764 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16766 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16767 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16768 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16769 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16772 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16773 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16774 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16775 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16776 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16780 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16783 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16785 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16787 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16788 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16791 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16792 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16795 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16799 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16800 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16802 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16804 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16805 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16806 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16808 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16809 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16810 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16811 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
16813 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16814 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16816 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16818 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16819 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16820 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16821 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16822 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16824 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16825 add_AT_string (die
, AT_linkage_name
,
16826 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16830 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16831 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16832 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16833 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16835 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16836 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16837 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16842 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16845 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16847 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16850 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16853 pop_decl_scope (void)
16855 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16858 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16859 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16860 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16861 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16862 the current active scope. */
16865 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16867 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16868 tree containing_scope
;
16871 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16872 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16874 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16876 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16877 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16879 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16882 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16885 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16886 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16887 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16888 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16889 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16891 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16892 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16893 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16895 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16896 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16897 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16898 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16899 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16904 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16905 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16907 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16908 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16911 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16914 scope_die
= context_die
;
16919 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16922 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16924 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16925 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16926 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16932 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16935 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16937 return (context_die
16938 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16939 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16940 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16941 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16944 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16945 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16948 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16950 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16951 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16954 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16955 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16956 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16959 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16960 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16962 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16963 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16965 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16966 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16967 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16968 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16969 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16970 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16971 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16973 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16974 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16975 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16976 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16977 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16980 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16981 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16982 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16985 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16986 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16989 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16990 function call type. */
16992 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16994 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16996 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16997 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16999 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17000 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17001 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17002 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17003 time being, following existing custom. */
17005 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
17006 value
= DW_CC_program
;
17008 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17009 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17010 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
17011 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
17014 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17015 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17016 was declared without a tag. */
17018 static const char *
17019 type_tag (const_tree type
)
17021 const char *name
= 0;
17023 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
17027 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17028 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
17029 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
17031 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17032 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17034 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
17035 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17037 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17038 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17039 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17040 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17041 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17042 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
17045 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17046 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
17047 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
17050 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
17053 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17054 for bit field types. */
17057 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
17059 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
17060 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
17063 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17064 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17067 static const char *
17068 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
17071 const char *fnname
;
17073 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
17074 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
17077 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17079 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
17084 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17085 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17086 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17089 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17091 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17092 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17094 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17095 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17096 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17097 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17098 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17099 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17100 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17101 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17102 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17104 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
17107 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17108 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17109 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
17110 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17112 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
17114 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17116 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17117 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17118 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17119 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
17121 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17122 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
17123 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
17124 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
17126 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
17127 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
17129 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
17130 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
17132 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
17133 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17134 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17140 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17141 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17142 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17143 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17146 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17147 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
17148 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
17151 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17152 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17153 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17155 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17157 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17158 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17159 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17160 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17163 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17165 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17166 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17167 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17168 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17171 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17172 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17173 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17174 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17175 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17176 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17177 for multidimensional arrays. */
17178 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17181 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17182 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17183 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17184 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17185 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17188 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17190 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17191 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17192 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17193 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17194 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17196 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17198 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17201 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17202 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17205 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17207 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17208 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17211 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17212 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17214 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17215 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17216 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17218 if (val
== base_decl
)
17219 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17221 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17224 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17226 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17228 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17229 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17232 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17235 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17238 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17239 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17241 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17243 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17245 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17246 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17249 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17252 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17258 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17261 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17264 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17265 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17287 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17288 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17290 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17292 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17294 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17298 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17302 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17305 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17306 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17309 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17310 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17312 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17313 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17316 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17317 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17318 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17320 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17322 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17323 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17325 if (info
->data_location
)
17326 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17328 if (info
->associated
)
17329 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17331 if (info
->allocated
)
17332 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17335 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17337 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17338 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17340 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17342 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17345 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
17346 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17347 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17350 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17351 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17354 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17355 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17356 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17358 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17359 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17360 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17364 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17365 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17367 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17368 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17373 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17375 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17376 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17378 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17379 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17382 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17383 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17384 0, 0, context_die
);
17387 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17388 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17390 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17394 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17395 emit full debugging info for them. */
17398 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17402 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17403 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17404 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17405 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17408 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17410 static enum dwarf_tag
17411 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17413 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17414 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17416 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17418 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17419 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17421 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17422 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17424 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17425 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17426 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17427 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17430 gcc_unreachable ();
17434 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17435 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17436 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17440 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17442 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17444 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17446 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17447 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17448 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17449 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17450 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17451 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
17452 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
17454 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17457 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17459 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17460 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17461 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17462 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17466 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17467 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17468 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17469 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17471 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17472 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17473 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17474 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17476 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17477 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17479 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17480 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17482 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17483 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17485 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17486 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17488 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17489 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17490 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17491 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17492 values as if they were signed. That means that
17493 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17494 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17495 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17496 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17500 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17502 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17503 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17508 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17509 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17512 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17513 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17514 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17515 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17516 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17517 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17518 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17519 argument type of some subprogram type.
17520 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17524 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17525 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17527 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17528 tree ultimate_origin
;
17529 dw_die_ref parm_die
17530 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17532 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17534 case tcc_declaration
:
17535 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
17536 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
17537 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
17538 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17539 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17542 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17544 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17545 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17546 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17549 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17550 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17551 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17553 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17554 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17557 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17558 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17559 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17560 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17566 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17567 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17571 gcc_unreachable ();
17577 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17578 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17581 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17582 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17583 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17584 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17585 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17586 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17589 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17591 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17595 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17597 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17598 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17601 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17602 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17604 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17606 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17609 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17610 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17615 return parm_pack_die
;
17618 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17619 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17622 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17624 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17627 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17628 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17629 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17630 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17633 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17636 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17637 tree first_parm_type
;
17640 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17642 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17643 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17648 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17650 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17651 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17652 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17654 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17656 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17657 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17660 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17661 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17662 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17664 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17665 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17666 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17667 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17669 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17671 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17674 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17675 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17676 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17677 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17679 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17680 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17681 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17682 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17683 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17684 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17687 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17688 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17689 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17690 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17691 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17694 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17696 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17698 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17699 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17700 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17701 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17702 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17704 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17705 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17707 push_decl_scope (type
);
17708 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17709 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17710 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17711 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17713 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17714 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17715 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17716 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17717 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17719 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17720 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17724 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17730 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17731 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17734 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17736 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17740 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17742 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17743 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17745 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17746 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17747 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17750 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17751 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17752 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17753 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17754 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17756 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17757 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17758 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17760 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17762 gen_type_die_for_member
17763 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17766 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17767 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17768 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17769 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17771 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17772 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17773 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17774 if (! was_abstract
)
17775 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17777 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17778 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17782 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17785 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17786 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17789 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17794 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17795 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17797 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17801 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17802 through htab_traverse.
17804 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17805 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17806 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17809 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17810 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17812 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17815 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17816 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17817 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17818 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17821 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17822 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17823 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17826 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17827 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17828 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17829 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17835 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17838 premark_used_types (void)
17840 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17841 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17844 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17847 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17849 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17850 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17851 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17854 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17858 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17860 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17861 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17862 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17865 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17866 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17867 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17869 premark_used_types ();
17871 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17872 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17873 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17874 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17875 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17877 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17878 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17881 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17884 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17885 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17886 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17887 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17888 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17889 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17890 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17892 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17894 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17896 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17897 inline function. */
17898 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17899 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17901 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17902 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17906 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17907 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17909 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17910 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17911 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17912 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17913 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17915 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17916 something we have already output. */
17920 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17921 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17922 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17923 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17924 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17925 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17926 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17927 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17928 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17929 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17930 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17931 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17933 subr_die
= old_die
;
17935 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17936 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17937 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17938 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17939 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17940 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17941 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17945 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17946 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17947 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17948 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17949 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17950 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17955 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17957 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17958 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17960 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17961 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17963 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17964 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17965 0, 0, context_die
);
17968 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17969 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17970 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17972 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17973 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17974 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17975 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17980 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17982 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17984 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17985 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17986 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17987 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17988 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17990 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17991 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17992 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17993 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17995 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17996 later reused to represent definition. */
17997 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18000 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18002 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
18004 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18005 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
18007 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
18011 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18012 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
18014 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
18017 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
18018 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
18019 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18021 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18023 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18025 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
18027 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18028 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18030 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
18032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18033 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18034 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
18035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
18036 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18037 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
18039 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
18040 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
18043 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18044 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18045 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18047 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18048 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18049 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18050 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18052 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18053 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18054 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18058 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18059 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18060 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
18063 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
18065 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18066 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18067 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18068 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18069 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18070 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18071 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18073 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
18075 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
18076 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
18080 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
18081 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
18082 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
18084 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
18087 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18088 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18089 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18090 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18091 by this displacement. */
18092 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
18094 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
18095 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
18096 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
18099 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18100 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18101 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
18103 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18104 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18105 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18106 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18107 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18108 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18109 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18110 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18111 an ellipsis at the end. */
18113 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18114 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18115 its formal parameters. */
18116 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18118 else if (declaration
)
18119 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18122 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18123 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
18124 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
18125 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
18126 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
18129 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18130 emit their relevant DIEs.
18132 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18133 as well as it being a normal function.
18135 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18136 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18137 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18138 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18139 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18140 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18141 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18142 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18143 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18146 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18147 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
18149 if (generic_decl_parm
18150 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18151 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18156 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18157 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
18160 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18161 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18164 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18165 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18166 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18167 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18168 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18169 parameters at all. */
18170 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18171 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18173 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18174 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18175 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18177 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18178 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18181 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18182 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18183 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18185 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18186 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18187 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18188 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18189 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18190 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18191 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18193 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18194 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18195 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18196 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18197 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18198 constructor function. */
18199 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18201 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18202 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18203 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18205 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18206 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18208 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18209 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18211 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18212 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18214 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18215 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18220 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18221 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18225 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18228 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18230 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18231 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18234 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18235 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18238 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18240 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18241 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18242 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18245 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18246 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18249 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18253 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18254 tree ultimate_origin
;
18255 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18256 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18257 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18258 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18259 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18261 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
18262 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
18263 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18264 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18266 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18267 of a data member. */
18270 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18271 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18272 die_node com_die_arg
;
18274 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18277 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18279 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18284 /* Optimize the common case. */
18285 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18286 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18287 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18288 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18290 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18291 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18293 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18295 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18296 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18302 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18303 common_block_die_table
18304 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18305 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18307 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18308 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18309 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18310 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18311 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18314 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18317 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18318 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18321 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18322 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18323 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18324 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18326 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18327 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18328 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18329 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18330 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18331 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18333 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18335 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18336 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18337 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18339 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18340 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18341 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18342 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18343 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18348 /* Optimize the common case. */
18349 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18350 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18351 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18352 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18353 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18354 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18356 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18358 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18360 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18361 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18362 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18366 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18367 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18368 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18369 inside functions, though. */
18370 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
18373 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18374 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18375 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18376 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18377 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18379 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18382 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18383 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18385 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18386 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18388 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18389 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18392 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18394 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18395 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18396 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18398 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18399 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18401 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18402 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18403 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18405 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18406 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18408 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18409 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18411 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18412 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18417 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18419 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18420 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18421 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18423 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18424 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18426 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18427 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18429 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18430 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18432 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18433 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18434 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18435 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18439 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18441 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18442 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18445 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18446 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18447 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18449 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18450 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18451 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18452 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18453 to add it again. */
18454 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18456 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18457 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18458 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18460 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18463 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18466 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18469 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18472 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18474 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18475 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18477 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18478 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18479 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18480 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18481 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18482 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18483 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18484 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18487 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18490 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18492 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18493 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18495 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18497 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18498 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18500 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18502 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18503 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18506 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18508 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18509 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18510 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18514 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18516 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18517 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18518 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18519 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18520 it if it ever does happen. */
18521 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18523 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18524 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18529 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18530 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18531 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18534 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18536 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18538 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18540 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18541 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18546 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18547 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18550 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18552 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18554 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18555 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18559 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18561 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18562 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18563 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18566 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18568 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18571 add_ranges (chain
);
18572 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18580 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18581 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18582 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18583 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18584 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18588 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18591 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18593 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18595 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18596 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18598 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18601 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18604 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18608 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18610 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18612 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18614 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18615 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18616 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18617 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18618 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18620 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18622 dw_die_ref subr_die
18623 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18625 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18626 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18627 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18628 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18630 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18631 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18635 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18638 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18640 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18642 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18645 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18646 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18647 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18648 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18651 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18653 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18654 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18655 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18658 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18659 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18661 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18662 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18664 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18665 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18666 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18667 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18669 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18670 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18674 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18675 Use modified_type_die instead.
18676 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18677 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18680 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18683 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18685 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18686 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18687 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18690 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18691 Use modified_type_die instead.
18692 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18693 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18696 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18698 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18700 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
18701 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18703 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18705 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18706 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18707 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18711 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18714 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18717 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18718 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18720 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18721 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18722 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18723 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18726 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18729 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18732 char producer
[250];
18733 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18736 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18740 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18741 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18742 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18743 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18746 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18748 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18749 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18750 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18751 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18752 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18753 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18754 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18755 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18756 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18759 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18761 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18762 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18763 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18764 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18765 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18766 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18767 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18768 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18770 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18771 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18772 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18773 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18774 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18775 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18776 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18777 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18778 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18779 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18782 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18786 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18789 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18791 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18793 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18794 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18796 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18797 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18799 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18800 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18801 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18802 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18805 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18808 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18811 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18814 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18815 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18816 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18817 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18818 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18819 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18820 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18821 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18822 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18823 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18824 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18826 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18829 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18833 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18834 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18835 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18836 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18839 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18840 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18842 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18843 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18844 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18845 do put them in the right order. */
18847 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18849 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18851 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18854 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18855 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18857 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18858 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18861 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18863 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18865 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18869 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18870 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18871 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18874 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18875 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18877 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18878 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18880 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18881 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18882 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18883 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18884 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18886 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18889 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18890 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18891 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18894 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18896 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18897 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18899 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18901 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18902 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18904 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18906 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18908 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18911 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18913 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18914 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18915 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18916 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18918 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18919 then give a list of members. */
18920 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18922 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18923 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18924 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18925 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18926 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18927 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18929 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18930 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18931 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18932 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18934 push_decl_scope (type
);
18935 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18938 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18939 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18941 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18943 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18944 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18945 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18950 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18952 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18953 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18954 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18955 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18958 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18959 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18962 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18965 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18967 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18968 dw_die_ref subr_die
18969 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18970 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18972 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18973 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18974 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18975 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18977 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18978 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18981 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18984 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18986 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18989 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18992 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18993 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18994 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18995 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18996 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
19001 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
19002 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
19004 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
19006 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19007 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
19010 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19012 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19013 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19016 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19017 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
19019 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19020 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
19023 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19026 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19027 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19030 struct array_descr_info info
;
19032 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
19035 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19036 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19037 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
19038 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19040 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19043 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19044 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
19046 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19047 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19048 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
19049 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19050 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
19052 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19053 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
19057 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19058 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
19059 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
19060 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
19061 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19063 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
19064 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19068 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19069 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19070 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19071 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19072 cloned type itself). */
19073 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
19074 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
19076 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19079 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
19085 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
19086 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19087 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19088 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19089 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19091 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19093 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19094 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19095 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19096 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19100 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19101 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19102 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
19103 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19105 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19106 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19107 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19109 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19111 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19114 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
19115 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19116 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19117 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19118 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19122 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19123 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19124 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19125 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19129 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19133 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19136 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
19139 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
19140 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19141 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19142 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19143 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19144 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19145 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19146 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19147 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19148 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
19150 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
19152 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19155 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19156 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19157 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19160 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19161 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
19163 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19164 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19165 decls_for_scope. */
19166 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19171 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19175 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19177 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19178 declare_in_namespace. */
19179 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19180 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19183 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19188 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19189 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19190 when appropriate. */
19196 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19199 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19203 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19207 gcc_unreachable ();
19210 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19214 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19216 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19219 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19220 things which are local to the given block. */
19223 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19225 int must_output_die
= 0;
19228 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19229 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19232 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19234 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19235 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19236 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19237 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19241 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19242 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19247 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19250 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19251 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19252 must_output_die
= 1;
19255 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19256 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19257 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19258 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19259 as being a "significant" one. */
19260 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19261 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19262 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19263 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19264 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19265 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19266 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19267 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19268 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19269 must_output_die
= 1;
19272 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19273 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19274 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19275 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19276 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19277 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19278 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19279 if (must_output_die
)
19283 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19284 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19285 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19286 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19287 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19288 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19289 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19290 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19292 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19293 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19294 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19295 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19296 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19297 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19300 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19303 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19306 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19307 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19309 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19312 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19314 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19315 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19316 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19317 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19318 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19322 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19323 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19324 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19325 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19326 stmt
, context_die
);
19328 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19331 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19332 all of its sub-blocks. */
19335 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19341 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19342 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19345 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19346 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19347 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19348 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19349 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19350 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19351 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19352 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19355 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19356 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19359 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19360 therein) of this block. */
19361 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19363 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19364 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19367 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19370 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19372 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19375 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19376 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19377 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19378 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19379 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19380 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19386 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19388 static inline dw_die_ref
19389 get_context_die (tree context
)
19393 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19394 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19395 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19397 return force_decl_die (context
);
19399 return comp_unit_die
;
19402 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19405 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19407 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19408 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19409 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19410 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19413 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19415 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19419 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19421 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19422 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19423 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19424 declaration die. */
19425 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19426 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19427 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19428 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19432 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19433 gen_decl_die() call. */
19434 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19435 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19436 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19437 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19440 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19441 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19442 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19444 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19445 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19449 gcc_unreachable ();
19452 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19454 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19455 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19461 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19462 always returned. */
19465 force_type_die (tree type
)
19467 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19469 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19472 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19474 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19475 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19476 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19481 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19482 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19485 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19487 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19488 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19489 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19490 /* Force out the namespace. */
19491 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19493 return context_die
;
19496 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19497 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19499 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19500 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19503 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19505 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19507 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19508 return context_die
;
19510 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19511 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19512 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19513 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19514 return context_die
;
19516 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19518 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19522 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19523 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19525 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19527 return context_die
;
19530 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19533 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19535 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19537 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19538 they are an alias of. */
19539 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19541 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19542 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19543 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19544 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19545 context_die
, decl
);
19546 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19547 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19549 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19551 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19554 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19555 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19556 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19557 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19561 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19563 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19564 dw_die_ref origin_die
19565 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19567 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19568 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19569 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19570 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19571 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19572 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19573 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19574 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19578 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19581 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19583 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19584 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
19586 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19589 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19595 if (!is_fortran ())
19597 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19598 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19602 /* Emit its type. */
19603 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19605 /* And its containing namespace. */
19606 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19608 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19611 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19612 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19613 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19614 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19615 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19616 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19617 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19622 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19623 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19624 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19625 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19628 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19629 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19630 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19631 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
19632 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19634 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19635 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19636 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19637 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19638 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19639 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19640 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19641 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19642 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19644 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19645 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19648 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19649 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19651 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19652 have described its return type. */
19653 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19655 /* And its virtual context. */
19656 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19657 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19659 /* And its containing type. */
19661 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19662 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19663 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19665 /* And its containing namespace. */
19666 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19669 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19671 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19675 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19676 actual typedefs. */
19677 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19680 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19681 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19682 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19683 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19684 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19685 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19686 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19687 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19688 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19690 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19693 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19694 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19696 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19697 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19701 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19702 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19707 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19708 variable declarations or definitions. */
19709 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19712 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19714 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19715 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19717 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19719 /* And its containing type. */
19720 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19721 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19722 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19724 /* And its containing namespace. */
19725 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19727 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19728 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19729 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19731 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19732 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
19733 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19734 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19735 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19738 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19742 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19743 anonymous unions and structs. */
19744 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19745 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19746 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19748 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19749 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19754 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19755 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19757 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19758 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19759 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19763 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19764 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19765 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19766 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19770 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19771 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19776 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19777 compilation proper has finished. */
19780 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19782 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19783 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19784 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19785 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19786 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19787 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19790 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19791 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19793 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19796 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19799 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19800 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19801 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19802 that DECL belongs to.
19803 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19805 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19807 tree lexical_block
,
19808 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19810 expanded_location xloc
;
19811 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19812 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19814 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19816 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19817 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19821 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19823 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19825 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19826 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19828 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19829 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19830 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19831 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19832 if (!at_import_die
)
19834 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19835 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19836 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19837 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19842 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19843 if (!at_import_die
)
19845 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19846 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19847 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19849 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19851 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19852 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19853 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19854 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19856 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19857 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19859 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19863 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19865 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19866 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19873 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19877 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19878 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19880 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19881 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19882 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19885 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19886 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19887 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19888 importing whole module. */
19891 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19894 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19895 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19897 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19902 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19903 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19906 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19907 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19909 && TYPE_P (context
)
19910 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19913 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19916 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19920 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19921 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19922 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19923 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19926 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19927 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19931 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19934 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19936 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19938 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19943 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19944 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19945 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19946 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19947 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19948 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19949 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19950 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19951 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19952 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19953 with the definition of the function.
19955 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19956 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19957 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19958 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19959 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19960 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19961 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19962 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19963 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19964 that they *are* definitions).
19966 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19967 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19968 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19969 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19970 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19971 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19974 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19975 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19976 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19977 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19978 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19979 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19980 context_die
= NULL
;
19984 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19985 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19986 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19987 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19988 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19989 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19990 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19991 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19992 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19995 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19996 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19997 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19999 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20000 variable declarations or definitions. */
20001 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20006 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20008 if (!is_fortran ())
20010 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
20011 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20014 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20015 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
20016 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20018 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
20023 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20024 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
20027 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20028 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20029 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
20031 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20032 comparisons have. */
20034 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20035 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
20036 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
20041 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20042 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20045 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20046 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20047 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
20048 context_die
= NULL
;
20056 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20059 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20062 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
20064 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20066 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20069 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20070 a lexical block. */
20073 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20074 unsigned int blocknum
)
20076 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20077 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20080 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20084 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
20086 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20087 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20090 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20091 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20093 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20094 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20095 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20098 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
20103 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
20104 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20105 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20107 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
20109 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
20110 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20111 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20118 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20121 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
20123 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
20124 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
20125 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
20126 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
20130 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
20132 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
20133 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
20136 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20137 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20138 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20139 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20140 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20141 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20142 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20143 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20144 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20147 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
20148 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
20151 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
20153 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20154 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20155 if (file_table_last_lookup
20156 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
20157 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
20158 return file_table_last_lookup
;
20160 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20161 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
20162 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
20164 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20166 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
20167 created
->filename
= file_name
;
20168 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
20173 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20174 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20175 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20176 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20177 types, which may include filenames. */
20180 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20182 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20184 if (last_emitted_file
)
20185 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20187 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20188 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20190 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20192 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20193 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20194 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20195 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20199 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20202 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20203 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20204 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20207 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20209 die_arg_entry entry
;
20214 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20215 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20216 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20220 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20221 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20225 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20226 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20227 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20230 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20232 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20238 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20240 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20245 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20248 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20254 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20258 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20262 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20265 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20267 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20268 /* replace the string. */
20269 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20273 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20276 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20277 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20278 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20281 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20284 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20286 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20290 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20291 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20292 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20293 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20295 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20296 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20299 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20302 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20304 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20307 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20308 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20311 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20313 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20314 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20317 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20320 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20322 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20323 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20326 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20327 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20328 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20329 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20330 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20334 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20336 static unsigned int
20337 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20339 struct vcall_insn item
;
20340 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20342 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20343 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20344 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20346 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20348 return (unsigned int) -1;
20349 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20353 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20354 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20355 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20359 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20361 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20363 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20364 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20365 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20369 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20370 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20374 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20376 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20378 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20379 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20382 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20383 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20384 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20385 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20386 lowering to RTL. */
20389 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20391 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20394 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20397 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20398 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20399 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20401 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20402 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20405 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20406 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20407 our lookup table. */
20410 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20412 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20413 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20415 static const char *last_label
;
20416 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20417 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20420 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20423 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20424 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20425 don't do anything. */
20426 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20429 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20430 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20431 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20432 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20433 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20434 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20437 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20440 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20441 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
20442 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
20443 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
20444 if (newloc
== NULL
)
20447 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20448 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20449 create a new label and emit it. */
20450 if (last_label
== NULL
)
20452 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20453 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20455 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20457 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20458 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20460 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20461 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20464 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20466 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20467 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20469 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20472 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20473 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20476 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20477 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20478 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20479 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20482 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20484 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20485 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20487 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20490 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20491 and record information relating to this source line, in
20492 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20495 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20496 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20498 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20500 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20503 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20505 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20507 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20508 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20509 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20512 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20514 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20515 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20516 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20518 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20519 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20521 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20522 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20523 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20525 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20526 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20528 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20530 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20531 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20532 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20533 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20535 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20536 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20537 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20539 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20540 separate_line_info_table
20541 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20542 separate_line_info_table
,
20543 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20544 memset (separate_line_info_table
20545 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20547 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20548 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20551 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20553 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20554 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20555 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20556 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20560 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20562 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20563 line_info_table_in_use
);
20565 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20566 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20568 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20570 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20571 line_info_table_allocated
);
20572 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20573 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20576 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20577 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20578 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20579 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20584 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20587 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20589 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20591 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20592 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20594 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20595 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20598 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20600 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20602 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20603 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20604 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20611 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20614 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20616 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20617 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20618 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20620 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20622 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20627 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20628 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20629 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20632 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20633 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20635 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20637 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20639 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20640 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20644 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20645 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20646 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20649 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20650 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20652 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20654 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20656 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20657 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20661 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20664 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20666 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20667 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20668 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20670 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20671 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20672 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20674 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20675 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20676 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20678 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20679 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20681 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20682 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20683 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20684 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20685 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20687 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20688 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20689 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20691 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20692 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20694 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20695 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20696 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20698 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20699 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20700 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20702 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20703 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20704 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20705 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20706 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20707 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20708 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20710 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20712 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20714 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20715 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20716 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20717 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20718 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20719 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20720 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20721 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20722 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20723 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20724 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20725 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20726 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20727 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20728 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20729 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20730 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20731 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20732 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20733 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20734 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20735 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20736 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20737 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20738 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20739 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20743 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20744 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20746 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20750 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20752 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20753 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20754 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20755 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20756 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20757 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20759 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20760 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20762 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20764 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20766 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20767 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20770 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20771 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20772 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20774 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20775 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20776 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20781 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20782 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20785 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20787 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20789 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20790 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20792 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20796 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20797 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20800 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20802 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20804 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20806 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20808 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20814 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20815 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20818 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20822 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20823 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20825 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20827 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20828 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20831 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20837 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20840 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20841 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20844 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20849 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20851 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20853 /* A reference to another DIE.
20854 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20855 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20856 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20857 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20858 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20859 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20861 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20862 accounts properly for it. */
20863 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20864 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20869 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20870 to DIE's children. */
20873 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20877 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20879 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20882 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20883 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20884 if (die
->die_parent
)
20885 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20887 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20888 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20890 /* If this node is a specification,
20891 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20892 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20893 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20896 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20898 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20899 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20902 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20903 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20904 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20905 for all type definitions. */
20906 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20907 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20908 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20909 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20911 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20915 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20916 and if so, mark them. */
20919 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20923 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20926 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20928 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20929 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20930 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20933 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20934 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20935 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20936 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20943 /* Mark children. */
20944 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20947 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20950 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20954 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20955 children have been marked as well. */
20956 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20959 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20961 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20962 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20963 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20964 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20967 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20968 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20971 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20972 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20973 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20974 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20975 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20977 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20979 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20982 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20983 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20984 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20985 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20986 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
20987 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20988 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20989 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20990 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20991 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20992 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20993 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20994 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20995 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20996 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20997 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20998 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20999 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
21000 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
21003 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21007 /* Mark everything else. */
21011 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
21015 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21016 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
21021 /* Mark children. */
21022 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
21025 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21029 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
21034 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21035 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
21037 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
21039 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21040 twice in the hash table. */
21042 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
21045 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
21046 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
21048 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
21054 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21057 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
21061 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
21062 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
21064 if (! die
->die_child
)
21067 c
= die
->die_child
;
21069 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
21070 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
21071 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
21073 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21075 /* No marked children at all. */
21076 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
21079 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
21080 die
->die_child
= prev
;
21085 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
21087 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
21088 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
21091 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21092 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21093 decided to emit. */
21096 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21098 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
21100 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
21101 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
21106 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21109 prune_unused_types (void)
21112 limbo_die_node
*node
;
21113 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21115 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
21117 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21118 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21119 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
21120 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21121 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
21122 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21123 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
21124 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21126 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21127 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21129 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21130 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
21131 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21132 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
21133 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21135 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
21136 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
21139 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21140 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21141 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
21142 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
21143 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
21144 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
21146 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21147 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
21148 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
21150 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21151 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
21152 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21153 else if (debug_str_hash
)
21154 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
21155 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
21156 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21157 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
21158 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21159 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
21161 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21162 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
21163 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21164 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
21165 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21166 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
21169 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21172 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
21174 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
21175 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21176 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21184 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21187 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21190 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21192 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21197 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21199 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21200 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21202 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21203 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21206 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21207 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21208 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21209 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21210 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21211 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21214 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21216 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21217 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21219 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== AT_linkage_name
);
21223 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21225 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21229 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21231 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21232 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21236 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21237 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21238 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21241 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21245 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21247 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21248 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21249 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21251 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21252 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21253 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21255 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21256 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21261 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21262 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21263 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21264 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21267 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21268 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21274 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21275 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21276 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21279 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21281 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21282 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21283 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21284 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21285 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21286 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21291 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21292 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21293 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21294 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21295 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21296 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21299 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21303 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21306 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21307 switch (AT_class (a
))
21309 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21310 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21313 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21315 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21316 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21318 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21319 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21324 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21326 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21328 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21332 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21333 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21335 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21339 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21340 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21341 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21343 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21351 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21354 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21355 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21358 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21360 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21361 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21362 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21363 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21366 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21368 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21369 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21370 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21371 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21372 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21373 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21376 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21378 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21381 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21383 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21384 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21385 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21389 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21390 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21391 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21392 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21394 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21396 next_node
= node
->next
;
21399 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21401 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21404 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21405 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21407 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21408 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21409 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21412 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21413 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21414 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21415 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21416 this to be a child of the containing function.
21418 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21419 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21420 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21421 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21422 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21424 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21426 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21427 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21428 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21429 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21431 gcc_assert (context
21432 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21433 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21435 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21437 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21439 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21444 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21446 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21448 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21450 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21451 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21453 add_AT_string (node
->die
, AT_linkage_name
,
21454 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21455 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21459 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21461 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21462 emit full debugging info for them. */
21463 retry_incomplete_types ();
21465 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21466 prune_unused_types ();
21468 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21469 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21470 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21471 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21473 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21474 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21476 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21478 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21479 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21481 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21483 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21484 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21485 references to the main compile unit). */
21486 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21487 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21488 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21490 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21491 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21492 referenced. Prune them. */
21493 prune_unused_types ();
21496 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21497 that have children. */
21498 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21499 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21500 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21501 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21502 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21504 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21505 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21506 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21507 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21509 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21510 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21513 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21515 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21516 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21518 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21519 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21524 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21525 bool range_list_added
= false;
21527 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21528 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21529 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21530 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21531 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21532 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21533 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21535 if (text_section_used
)
21536 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
21537 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21538 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21539 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
21540 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
21542 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21544 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21546 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21548 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21549 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21550 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21551 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
21552 &range_list_added
);
21553 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21554 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
21555 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21556 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
21557 &range_list_added
);
21559 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21560 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21561 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
21564 if (range_list_added
)
21568 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21569 if (have_location_lists
)
21571 /* Output the location lists info. */
21572 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21574 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21575 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21576 output_location_lists (die
);
21579 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21580 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21581 debug_line_section_label
);
21583 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21584 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21586 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21587 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21588 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21589 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21591 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21592 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21594 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21596 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21597 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21600 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21601 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21603 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21604 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21605 debug_line_section_label
);
21607 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21610 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21612 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21613 has been emitted. */
21614 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21616 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21617 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21618 output_abbrev_section ();
21620 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21621 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21623 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21624 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21627 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21628 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21629 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21630 simply won't look for the section. */
21631 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21633 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21634 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21637 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21638 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21640 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21641 output_dcall_table ();
21643 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21645 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21646 output_vcall_table ();
21649 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21650 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21651 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21653 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21657 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21658 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21660 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21661 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21665 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21666 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21667 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21668 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21669 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21670 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21671 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21673 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21674 output_line_info ();
21677 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21678 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21680 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21684 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21686 if (debug_str_hash
)
21687 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21691 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21692 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21696 0, /* assembly_start */
21699 0, /* start_source_file */
21700 0, /* end_source_file */
21701 0, /* begin_block */
21703 0, /* ignore_block */
21704 0, /* source_line */
21705 0, /* begin_prologue */
21706 0, /* end_prologue */
21707 0, /* end_epilogue */
21708 0, /* begin_function */
21709 0, /* end_function */
21710 0, /* function_decl */
21711 0, /* global_decl */
21713 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21714 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21715 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21717 0, /* handle_pch */
21718 0, /* var_location */
21719 0, /* switch_text_section */
21720 0, /* direct_call */
21721 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21722 0, /* copy_call_info */
21723 0, /* virtual_call */
21725 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21728 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21730 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"